binutils/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
c3b7224a 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1042006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d 106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8 153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
c3b7224a 1542006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54 156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 251 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
252 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
253 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
254@end ifset
252b5132 255@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
256
257@emph{Target ARC options:}
258 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
260@end ifset
261@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 264@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
265 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
266 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
267 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
268 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 269 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 270 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
271 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
272 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
273 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 274 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 275@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
276@ifset CRIS
277
278@emph{Target CRIS options:}
279 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
280 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
281 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 282 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
283@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
284@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
285@end ifset
252b5132 286@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
287
288@emph{Target D10V options:}
289 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
290@end ifset
291@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
292
293@emph{Target D30V options:}
294 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
295@end ifset
296@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
297
298@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
299 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
300@end ifset
301@ifset HPPA
302@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
303@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
304@ifset I80386
305
306@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 307 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 308 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
309@end ifset
310@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
311
312@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 313@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
314 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
315 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
316 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
587fe2b3 318@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 319
9e32ca89
NC
320@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
321 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
322 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
323 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 324 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 325 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 326 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
327 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
328@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
329@ifset IP2K
330
331@emph{Target IP2K options:}
332 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
333@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
334@ifset M32C
335
336@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 337 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 338@end ifset
587fe2b3 339@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 340
a4fb0134
SC
341@emph{Target M32R options:}
342 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 343 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 344@end ifset
252b5132 345@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
346
347@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
348 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 349@end ifset
60bcf0fa 350@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
351
352@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 353 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
354 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
355 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 356 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
357 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
358 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
359@end ifset
360@ifset MCORE
361
362@emph{Target MCORE options:}
363 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
364 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 365@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
366@ifset MICROBLAZE
367@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
368@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
369@end ifset
252b5132 370@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 373 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 374 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 375 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
376 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
377 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 378 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 379 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
380 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
381 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
382 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
383 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 384 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 385 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 386 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 387 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 388 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 389 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 390 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 391 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
392@end ifset
393@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
394
395@emph{Target MMIX options:}
396 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
397 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
398 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 399 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
400@end ifset
401@ifset PDP11
402
403@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
404 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
405 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
406 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PJ
409
410@emph{Target picoJava options:}
411 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
412@end ifset
413@ifset PPC
414
415@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
416 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 417 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 418 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
419 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
420 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
421 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
422 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
423@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
424@ifset S390
425
426@emph{Target s390 options:}
427 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
428 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
429 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
430@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
431@ifset SCORE
432
433@emph{Target SCORE options:}
434 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
435 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
436 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
437 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
438@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
439@ifset SPARC
440
441@emph{Target SPARC options:}
442@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
443 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
444 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
445 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
446 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
447@end ifset
448@ifset TIC54X
449
450@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
451 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
452 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
453@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
454
455@ifset Z80
456
457@emph{Target Z80 options:}
458 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
459 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
460 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
461 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
462 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
463 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
464 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
465@end ifset
466
a4fb0134
SC
467@ifset Z8000
468@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 469@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
470@ifset XTENSA
471
472@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 473 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 474 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 475 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 476 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 477@end ifset
0285c67d 478@c man end
252b5132
RH
479@end smallexample
480
0285c67d
NC
481@c man begin OPTIONS
482
a4fb0134 483@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 484@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 485
83f10cb2 486@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
487Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
488
a4fb0134 489@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
490@item -ac
491omit false conditionals
492
493@item -ad
494omit debugging directives
495
83f10cb2
NC
496@item -ag
497include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
498
252b5132
RH
499@item -ah
500include high-level source
501
502@item -al
503include assembly
504
505@item -am
506include macro expansions
507
508@item -an
509omit forms processing
510
511@item -as
512include symbols
513
514@item =file
515set the name of the listing file
516@end table
517
518You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
519listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
520the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
521
caa32fe5 522@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
523Begin in alternate macro mode.
524@ifclear man
525@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
526@end ifclear
caa32fe5 527
252b5132
RH
528@item -D
529Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
530other assemblers.
531
3d6b762c
JM
532@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
533When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
534information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
535
252b5132
RH
536@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
537Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
538@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
539indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
540value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
541use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
542
543@item -f
544``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
545compiler output).
546
329e276d
NC
547@item -g
548@itemx --gen-debug
549Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
550debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
551ECOFF or DWARF2.
552
252b5132
RH
553@item --gstabs
554Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
555may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
556
05da4302
NC
557@item --gstabs+
558Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
559extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
560debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
561may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
562the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
563
329e276d 564@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 565Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 566may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 567option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 568
252b5132
RH
569@item --help
570Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
571
ea20a7da
CC
572@item --target-help
573Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
574
252b5132
RH
575@item -I @var{dir}
576Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
577
578@item -J
579Don't warn about signed overflow.
580
581@item -K
582@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
583This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
584@end ifclear
585@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
586Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
587@end ifset
588
589@item -L
590@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
591Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
592system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
593or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
594@ifclear man
595@xref{Symbol Names}.
596@end ifclear
252b5132 597
c3a27914
NC
598@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
599Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
600listing to @var{number}.
601
602@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
603Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
604lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
605
606@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
607Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
608@var{number} bytes.
609
610@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
611Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
612to @var{number} + 1.
613
252b5132 614@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 615Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
616
617@item -R
618Fold the data section into the text section.
619
4bdd3565
NC
620@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
621Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
622@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
623assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
624memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
625requirements at the expense of speed.
626
627@item --reduce-memory-overheads
628This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
629assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
630@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
631
252b5132
RH
632@item --statistics
633Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
634assembly.
635
636@item --strip-local-absolute
637Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
638
639@item -v
640@itemx -version
a4fb0134 641Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
642
643@item --version
a4fb0134 644Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
645
646@item -W
2bdd6cf5 647@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
648Suppress warning messages.
649
2bdd6cf5
GK
650@item --fatal-warnings
651Treat warnings as errors.
652
653@item --warn
654Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
655
252b5132
RH
656@item -w
657Ignored.
658
659@item -x
660Ignored.
661
662@item -Z
663Generate an object file even after errors.
664
665@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
666Standard input, or source files to assemble.
667
668@end table
669
670@ifset ARC
671The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
672an ARC processor.
673
a4fb0134 674@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
675@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
676This option selects the core processor variant.
677@item -EB | -EL
678Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
679@end table
680@end ifset
681
682@ifset ARM
683The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
684processor family.
685
a4fb0134 686@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 687@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 688Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 689@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 690Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 691@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 692Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
693@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
694Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
695@item -mthumb
696Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 697@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
698Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
699@item -EB | -EL
700Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
701@item -mthumb-interwork
702Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
703ARM code in mind.
704@item -k
705Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
706@end table
707@end ifset
708
328eb32e
HPN
709@ifset CRIS
710See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
711@end ifset
712
252b5132
RH
713@ifset D10V
714The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
715a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 716@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
717@cindex D10V optimization
718@cindex optimization, D10V
719@item -O
720Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
721@end table
722@end ifset
723
724@ifset D30V
725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
726processor.
a4fb0134 727@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
728@cindex D30V optimization
729@cindex optimization, D30V
730@item -O
731Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
732
733@cindex D30V nops
734@item -n
735Warn when nops are generated.
736
737@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
738@item -N
739Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
740@end table
741@end ifset
742
743@ifset I960
744The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
745Intel 80960 processor.
746
a4fb0134 747@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
748@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
749Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
750
751@item -b
752Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
753
754@item -no-relax
755Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
756error if necessary.
757
758@end table
759@end ifset
760
a40cbfa3
NC
761@ifset IP2K
762The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 763Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
764
765@table @gcctabopt
766
767@item -mip2022ext
768Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
769
770@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 771Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
772just the basic IP2022 ones.
773
774@end table
775@end ifset
776
49f58d10
JB
777@ifset M32C
778The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
779Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
780
781@table @gcctabopt
782
783@item -m32c
784Assemble M32C instructions.
785
786@item -m16c
787Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
788
c54b5932
DD
789@item -relax
790Enable support for link-time relaxations.
791
792@item -h-tick-hex
793Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
794
49f58d10
JB
795@end table
796@end ifset
797
ec694b89
NC
798@ifset M32R
799The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 800Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 801
a4fb0134 802@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
803
804@item --m32rx
805Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
806is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
807
808@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
809Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
810encountered.
811
812@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
813Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
814encountered.
815
816@end table
817@end ifset
252b5132
RH
818
819@ifset M680X0
820The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
821Motorola 68000 series.
822
a4fb0134 823@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
824
825@item -l
826Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
827
0285c67d
NC
828@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
829@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
830@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
831Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
832is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
833
834@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
835The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
836The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
837the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
838two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
839coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
840
841@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
842The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
843unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
844
845@end table
846@end ifset
847
e135f41b
NC
848@ifset PDP11
849
850For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
851see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
852
a4fb0134 853@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
854@item -mpic | -mno-pic
855Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 856default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
857
858@item -mall
859@itemx -mall-extensions
860Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
861
862@item -mno-extensions
863Disable all instruction set extensions.
864
865@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
866Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
867
868@item -m@var{cpu}
869Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
870disable all other extensions.
871
872@item -m@var{machine}
873Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
874model, and disable all other extensions.
875@end table
876
877@end ifset
878
041dd5a9
ILT
879@ifset PJ
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
881a picoJava processor.
882
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
884
885@cindex PJ endianness
886@cindex endianness, PJ
887@cindex big endian output, PJ
888@item -mb
889Generate ``big endian'' format output.
890
891@cindex little endian output, PJ
892@item -ml
893Generate ``little endian'' format output.
894
895@end table
896@end ifset
897
60bcf0fa
NC
898@ifset M68HC11
899The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
900Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
901
a4fb0134 902@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 903
d01030e6 904@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
905Specify what processor is the target. The default is
906defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
907
2f904664
SC
908@item -mshort
909Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
910
911@item -mlong
912Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
913
914@item -mshort-double
915Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
916
917@item -mlong-double
918Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
919
1370e33d 920@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
921Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
922conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
923sub routine.
924
1370e33d
NC
925@item -S | --short-branches
926Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
927when the offset is out of range.
928
929@item --strict-direct-mode
930Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
931when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
932
933@item --print-insn-syntax
934Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
935
936@item --print-opcodes
937print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
938
939@item --generate-example
940print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 941This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
942
943@end table
944@end ifset
945
252b5132 946@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 947The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
948for the SPARC architecture:
949
a4fb0134 950@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
951@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
952@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
953Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
954
955@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
956@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
957
958@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
959UltraSPARC extensions.
960
961@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
962For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
963equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
964
965@item -bump
966Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
967@end table
968@end ifset
969
39bec121
TW
970@ifset TIC54X
971The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
972architecture.
973
a4fb0134 974@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
975@item -mfar-mode
976Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
977extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
978@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
979Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
980@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
981Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
982behaviour in the shell.
983@end table
984@end ifset
985
252b5132
RH
986@ifset MIPS
987The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 988a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 989
a4fb0134 990@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
991@item -G @var{num}
992This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
993implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
994use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
995
996@cindex MIPS endianness
997@cindex endianness, MIPS
998@cindex big endian output, MIPS
999@item -EB
1000Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1001
1002@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1003@item -EL
1004Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1005
1006@cindex MIPS ISA
1007@item -mips1
1008@itemx -mips2
1009@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1010@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1011@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1012@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1013@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1014@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1015@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1016Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1017@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1018alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1019@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1020@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1021@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1022correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1023@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1024and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1025ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1026
1027@item -march=@var{CPU}
1028Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1029
1030@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1031Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1032
1033@item -mfix7000
1034@itemx -mno-fix7000
1035Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1036of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1037
ecb4347a
DJ
1038@item -mdebug
1039@itemx -no-mdebug
1040Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1041section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1042
dcd410fe
RO
1043@item -mpdr
1044@itemx -mno-pdr
1045Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1046
437ee9d5
TS
1047@item -mgp32
1048@itemx -mfp32
1049The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1050flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1051all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1052and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1053
1054@item -mips16
1055@itemx -no-mips16
1056Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1057@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1058turns off this option.
252b5132 1059
e16bfa71
TS
1060@item -msmartmips
1061@itemx -mno-smartmips
1062Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1063equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1064@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1065
1f25f5d3
CD
1066@item -mips3d
1067@itemx -no-mips3d
1068Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1069This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1070@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1071
deec1734
CD
1072@item -mdmx
1073@itemx -no-mdmx
1074Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1075This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1076@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1077
2ef2b9ae
CF
1078@item -mdsp
1079@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1080Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1081This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1082@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1083
8b082fb1
TS
1084@item -mdspr2
1085@itemx -mno-dspr2
1086Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1087This option implies -mdsp.
1088This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1089@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1090
ef2e4d86
CF
1091@item -mmt
1092@itemx -mno-mt
1093Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1094This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1095@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1096
437ee9d5
TS
1097@item --construct-floats
1098@itemx --no-construct-floats
1099The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1100double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1101value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1102the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1103selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1104
1105@cindex emulation
1106@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1107This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1108for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1109between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1110debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1111endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1112@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1113@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1114of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1115the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1116in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1117selection in any case.
1118
1119This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1120@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1121Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1122@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1123the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1124configuration includes support for both.
1125
1126Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1127fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1128more processors.
1129
1130@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1131@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1132the native tools.
1133
252b5132
RH
1134@item --trap
1135@itemx --no-trap
1136@itemx --break
1137@itemx --no-break
1138Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1139@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1140(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1141@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1142break exception.
63486801
L
1143
1144@item -n
a4fb0134 1145When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1146time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1147@end table
1148@end ifset
1149
1150@ifset MCORE
1151The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1152an MCore processor.
1153
a4fb0134 1154@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1155@item -jsri2bsr
1156@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1157Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1158The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1159
1160@item -sifilter
1161@itemx -nosifilter
1162Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1163The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1164
1165@item -relax
1166Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1167
ec694b89
NC
1168@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1169Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1170can be assembled.
1171
1172@item -EB
1173Assemble for a big endian target.
1174
1175@item -EL
1176Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1177
1178@end table
1179@end ifset
1180
3c3bdf30
NC
1181@ifset MMIX
1182See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1183@end ifset
1184
11c19e16
MS
1185@ifset S390
1186The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1187processor family.
1188
1189@table @gcctabopt
1190@item -m31
1191@itemx -m64
1192Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1193@item -mesa
1194@item -mzarch
1195Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1196Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1197@item -march=@var{processor}
1198Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1199@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1200@item -mregnames
1201@itemx -mno-regnames
1202Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1203@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1204Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1205but evaluates to zero.
1206@end table
1207@end ifset
1208
e0001a05
NC
1209@ifset XTENSA
1210The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1211an Xtensa processor.
1212
1213@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1214@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1215With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1216in the text section. The default is
1217@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1218separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1219referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1220absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1221
1222@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1223Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1224or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1225if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1226option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1227
1228@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1229Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1230expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1231
1232@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1233Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1234across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1235@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1236
1237@item --transform | --no-transform
1238Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1239The default is @option{--transform};
1240@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1241instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1242
1243@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1244When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1245@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1246@end table
1247@end ifset
1248
3c9b82ba
NC
1249@ifset Z80
1250The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1251a Z80 family processor.
1252@table @gcctabopt
1253@item -z80
1254Assemble for Z80 processor.
1255@item -r800
1256Assemble for R800 processor.
1257@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1258@itemx -Wnud
1259Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1260@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1261@itemx -Wnup
1262Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1263@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1264@itemx -Wud
1265Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1266@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1267@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1268Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1269@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1270@itemx -Fud
1271Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1272@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1273@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1274Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1275@end table
1276@end ifset
1277
0285c67d
NC
1278@c man end
1279
252b5132
RH
1280@menu
1281* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1282* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1283* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1284* Command Line:: Command Line
1285* Input Files:: Input Files
1286* Object:: Output (Object) File
1287* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1288@end menu
1289
1290@node Manual
1291@section Structure of this Manual
1292
1293@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1294This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1295@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1296notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1297@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1298
1299@ifclear GENERIC
1300We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1301configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1302@end ifclear
1303@ifset GENERIC
1304This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1305various flavors of the assembler.
1306@end ifset
1307
1308@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1309On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1310to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1311In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1312architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1313mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1314particular architecture.
1315@ifset GENERIC
1316You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1317machine architecture manual for this information.
1318@end ifset
1319@ifclear GENERIC
1320@ifset H8/300
1321For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1322Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1323Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1324@end ifset
252b5132 1325@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1326For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1327see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1328@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1329@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1330@end ifset
1331@ifset Z8000
1332For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1333@end ifset
1334@end ifclear
1335
1336@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1337@ignore
1338Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1339the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1340Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1341computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1342once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1343qualification.
1344
a4fb0134 1345@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1346human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1347computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1348@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1349@end ignore
1350
1351@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1352@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1353@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1354@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1355@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1356@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1357@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1358@c directives).
1359
1360@node GNU Assembler
1361@section The GNU Assembler
1362
0285c67d
NC
1363@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1364
a4fb0134 1365@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1366@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1367This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1368configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1369@end ifclear
1370If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1371should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1372architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1373including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1374@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1375
1376@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1377@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1378@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1379@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1380assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1381machine would assemble.
1382@ifset VAX
1383Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1384@end ifset
1385@ifset M680X0
1386@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1387@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1388This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1389assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1390incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1391@end ifset
1392
0285c67d
NC
1393@c man end
1394
a4fb0134 1395Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1396program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1397@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1398
1399@node Object Formats
1400@section Object File Formats
1401
1402@cindex object file format
1403The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1404object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1405write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1406are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1407Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1408@ifclear GENERIC
1409@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1410For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1411@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1412@end ifclear
1413@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1414@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1415On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1416@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1417@end ifset
1418@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1419On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1420SOM or ELF format object files.
1421@end ifset
1422@end ifclear
1423
1424@node Command Line
1425@section Command Line
1426
1427@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1428
a4fb0134 1429After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1430options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1431before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1432significant.
1433
1434@cindex standard input, as input file
1435@kindex --
1436@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1437explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1438
1439@cindex options, command line
1440Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1441hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1442@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1443option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1444the letter is important. All options are optional.
1445
1446Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1447name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1448with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1449standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1453@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1454@end smallexample
1455
1456@node Input Files
1457@section Input Files
1458
1459@cindex input
1460@cindex source program
1461@cindex files, input
1462We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1463describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1464be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1465doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1466
1467@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1468@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1469The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1470order specified.
1471
0285c67d 1472@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1473Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1474program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1475(The standard input is also a file.)
1476
a4fb0134 1477You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1478names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1479command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1480is taken to be an input file name.
1481
a4fb0134
SC
1482If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1483from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1484may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1485to assemble.
1486
1487Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1488in your command line.
1489
a4fb0134 1490If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1491file.
1492
0285c67d
NC
1493@c man end
1494
252b5132
RH
1495@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1496
1497@cindex input file linenumbers
1498@cindex line numbers, in input files
1499There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1500either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1501number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1502``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1503
1504@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1505to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1506
1507@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1508directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1509error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1510is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1511@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1512@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1513
1514@node Object
1515@section Output (Object) File
1516
1517@cindex object file
1518@cindex output file
1519@kindex a.out
1520@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1521Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1522your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1523is the object file. Its default name is
1524@ifclear BOUT
1525@code{a.out}.
1526@end ifclear
1527@ifset BOUT
1528@ifset GENERIC
1529@code{a.out}, or
1530@end ifset
a4fb0134 1531@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1532@end ifset
a4fb0134 1533You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1534object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1535reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1536directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1537possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1538
1539@cindex linker
1540@kindex ld
1541The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1542assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1543the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1544information for the debugger.
1545
1546@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1547@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1548
1549@node Errors
1550@section Error and Warning Messages
1551
0285c67d
NC
1552@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1553
a349d9dd 1554@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1555@cindex warning messages
1556@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1557@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1558file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1559runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1560that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1561grave problem that stops the assembly.
1562
0285c67d
NC
1563@c man end
1564
252b5132
RH
1565@cindex format of warning messages
1566Warning messages have the format
1567
1568@smallexample
1569file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1570@end smallexample
1571
1572@noindent
1573@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1574(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1575(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1576the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1577@ifset GENERIC
1578(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1579@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1580then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1581otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1582message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1583tradition).
1584
1585@cindex format of error messages
1586Error messages have the format
1587@smallexample
1588file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1589@end smallexample
1590The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1591messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1592because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1593
1594@node Invoking
1595@chapter Command-Line Options
1596
1597@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1598This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1599versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1600for options specific
252b5132 1601@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1602to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1603@end ifclear
1604@ifset GENERIC
1605to particular machine architectures.
1606@end ifset
1607
0285c67d
NC
1608@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1609
c1253627 1610If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1611you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1612The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1613by commas. For example:
1614
1615@smallexample
1616gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1617@end smallexample
1618
1619@noindent
1620This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1621standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1622local symbols in the symbol table).
1623
1624Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1625command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1626(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1627precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1628assembler.)
1629
0285c67d
NC
1630@c man end
1631
252b5132 1632@menu
83f10cb2 1633* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1634* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1635* D:: -D for compatibility
1636* f:: -f to work faster
1637* I:: -I for .include search path
1638@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1639* K:: -K for compatibility
1640@end ifclear
1641@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1642* K:: -K for difference tables
1643@end ifset
1644
ba83aca1 1645* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1646* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1647* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1648* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1649* o:: -o to name the object file
1650* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1651* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1652* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1653* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1654* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1655* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1656@end menu
1657
1658@node a
83f10cb2 1659@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1660
1661@kindex -a
1662@kindex -ac
1663@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1664@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1665@kindex -ah
1666@kindex -al
1667@kindex -an
1668@kindex -as
1669@cindex listings, enabling
1670@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1671
1672These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1673@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1674You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1675@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1676@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1677@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1678High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1679@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1680also.
1681
83f10cb2
NC
1682Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1683information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1684
252b5132
RH
1685Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1686which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1687other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1688omitted from the listing.
1689
1690Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1691listing.
1692
1693Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1694listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1695@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1696@code{.sbttl}.
1697The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1698If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1699listing-control directives have no effect.
1700
1701The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1702@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1703
96e9638b
BW
1704Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1705because it
c3a27914
NC
1706is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1707is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1708directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1709stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1710memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1711
caa32fe5
NC
1712@node alternate
1713@section @option{--alternate}
1714
1715@kindex --alternate
1716Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1717
252b5132 1718@node D
a4fb0134 1719@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1720
1721@kindex -D
1722This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1723likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1724@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1725
1726@node f
a4fb0134 1727@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1728
1729@kindex -f
1730@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1731@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1732@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1733(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1734and comment preprocessing on
1735the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1736,Preprocessing}.
1737
1738@quotation
1739@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1740preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1741not work correctly.
1742@end quotation
1743
1744@node I
c1253627 1745@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1746
1747@kindex -I @var{path}
1748@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1749@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1750@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1751Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1752@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1753directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1754many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1755working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1756searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1757specified (left to right) on the command line.
1758
1759@node K
a4fb0134 1760@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1761
1762@kindex -K
1763@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1764On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1765permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1766where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1767generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1768family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1769alteration on other platforms.
1770@end ifclear
1771
1772@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1773@cindex difference tables, warning
1774@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1775@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1776form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1777You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1778is done.
1779@end ifset
1780
1781@node L
ba83aca1 1782@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1783
1784@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1785@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1786Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1787@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1788called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1789such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1790programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1791notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1792such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1793
1794This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1795in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1796@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1797
c3a27914 1798@node listing
a4fb0134 1799@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1800
1801The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1802@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1803hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1804them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1805directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1806@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1807@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1808@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1809
a4fb0134 1810@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1811@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1812@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1813@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1814Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1815dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1816
1817@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1818@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1819@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1820Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1821a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1822the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1823switch is used the default is to one.
1824
1825@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1826@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1827@cindex Width of source line output
1828Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1829alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1830source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1831
1832@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1833@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1834@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1835Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1836displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1837@end table
1838
252b5132 1839@node M
a4fb0134 1840@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1841
1842@kindex -M
1843@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1844The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1845changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1846compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1847configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1848MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1849information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1850arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1851assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1852
1853The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1854depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1855file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1856individually. These are:
1857
1858@itemize @bullet
1859@item global symbols in common section
1860
1861The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1862Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1863common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1864symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1865symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1866
1867@item complex relocations
1868
1869The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1870relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1871are not support by other object file formats.
1872
1873@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1874
1875The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1876This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1877instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1878script.
1879
1880@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1881
1882The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1883name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1884
1885@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1886
1887The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1888address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1889which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1890not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1891assigned within a linker script.
1892@end itemize
1893
1894There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1895@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1896seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1897
1898@itemize @bullet
1899
1900@item EBCDIC strings
1901
1902EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1903
1904@item packed binary coded decimal
1905
1906Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1907and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1908
1909@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1910
1911The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1912
1913@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1914
1915The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1916
1917@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1918
1919The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1920@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1921relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1922these options serve no purpose.
1923
1924@item @code{OPT} list control options
1925
1926The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1927@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1928@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1929
1930@item other @code{OPT} options
1931
1932The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1933@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1934
1935@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1936
1937The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1938@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1939
1940@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1941
1942The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1943
1944@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1945
1946The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1947
1948@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1949
1950The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1951
1952@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1953
1954The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1955
1956@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1957
1958The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1959
1960@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1961
1962The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1963
1964@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1965
1966The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1967
1968@end itemize
1969
1970@node MD
c1253627 1971@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1972
1973@kindex --MD
1974@cindex dependency tracking
1975@cindex make rules
1976
a4fb0134 1977@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1978file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1979dependencies of the main source file.
1980
1981The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1982
1983This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1984
1985@node o
a4fb0134 1986@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1987
1988@kindex -o
1989@cindex naming object file
1990@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1991There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1992default it has the name
1993@ifset GENERIC
1994@ifset I960
1995@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1996@end ifset
1997@ifclear I960
1998@file{a.out}.
1999@end ifclear
2000@end ifset
2001@ifclear GENERIC
2002@ifset I960
2003@file{b.out}.
2004@end ifset
2005@ifclear I960
2006@file{a.out}.
2007@end ifclear
2008@end ifclear
2009You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2010object file a different name.
2011
a4fb0134 2012Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2013existing file of the same name.
2014
2015@node R
a4fb0134 2016@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2017
2018@kindex -R
2019@cindex data and text sections, joining
2020@cindex text and data sections, joining
2021@cindex joining text and data sections
2022@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2023@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2024data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2025the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2026section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2027your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2028appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2029
a4fb0134 2030When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2031address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2032data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2033older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2034
c1253627
NC
2035@ifset COFF-ELF
2036When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2037this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2038@samp{.data}.
2039@end ifset
2040
2041@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2042@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2043@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2044@end ifset
2045
2046@node statistics
a4fb0134 2047@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2048
2049@kindex --statistics
2050@cindex statistics, about assembly
2051@cindex time, total for assembly
2052@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2053Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2054@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2055(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2056seconds).
2057
2058@node traditional-format
c1253627 2059@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2060
2061@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2062For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2063from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2064@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2065
2066For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2067@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2068
2069@node v
a4fb0134 2070@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2071
2072@kindex -v
2073@kindex -version
2074@cindex assembler version
2075@cindex version of assembler
2076You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2077option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2078command line.
2079
2080@node W
a4fb0134 2081@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2082
a4fb0134 2083@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2084assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2085cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2086made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2087
c1253627
NC
2088@kindex -W
2089@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2090@cindex suppressing warnings
2091@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2092If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2093This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2094how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2095are still reported.
2096
c1253627 2097@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2098@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2099@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2100If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2101files that generate warnings to be in error.
2102
c1253627 2103@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2104@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2105You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2106causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2107
2108@node Z
a4fb0134 2109@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2110@cindex object file, after errors
2111@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2112After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2113some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2114@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2115option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2116writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2117errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2118
2119@node Syntax
2120@chapter Syntax
2121
2122@cindex machine-independent syntax
2123@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2124This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2125source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2126assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2127@ifclear VAX
2128assembler.
2129@end ifclear
2130@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2131assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2132@end ifset
2133
2134@menu
2135* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2136* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2137* Comments:: Comments
2138* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2139* Statements:: Statements
2140* Constants:: Constants
2141@end menu
2142
2143@node Preprocessing
2144@section Preprocessing
2145
2146@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2147The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2148@itemize @bullet
2149@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2150@item
2151adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2152the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2153a single space.
2154
2155@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2156@item
2157removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2158appropriate number of newlines.
2159
2160@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2161@item
2162converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2163@end itemize
2164
2165It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2166anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2167do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2168(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2169to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2170@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2171Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2172
2173Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2174cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2175preprocessed.
2176
2177@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2178@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2179@kindex #NO_APP
2180@kindex #APP
2181If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2182@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2183Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2184specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2185text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2186@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2187@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2188and whitespace.
2189
2190@node Whitespace
2191@section Whitespace
2192
2193@cindex whitespace
2194@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2195Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2196people to read. Unless within character constants
2197(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2198as exactly one space.
2199
2200@node Comments
2201@section Comments
2202
2203@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2204There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2205cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2206
2207Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2208This means you may not nest these comments.
2209
2210@smallexample
2211/*
2212 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2213 is to use this sort of comment.
2214*/
2215
2216/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2217@end smallexample
2218
2219@cindex line comment character
2220Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2221is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2222@ifset ARC
2223@samp{;} on the ARC;
2224@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2225@ifset ARM
2226@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2227@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2228@ifset H8/300
2229@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2230@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2231@ifset HPPA
2232@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2233@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2234@ifset I80386
2235@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2236@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2237@ifset I960
2238@samp{#} on the i960;
2239@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2240@ifset PDP11
2241@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2242@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2243@ifset PJ
2244@samp{;} for picoJava;
2245@end ifset
418c1742 2246@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2247@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2248@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2249@ifset S390
2250@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2251@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2252@ifset SCORE
2253@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2254@end ifset
252b5132 2255@ifset SH
ef230218 2256@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2257@end ifset
2258@ifset SPARC
2259@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2260@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2261@ifset IP2K
2262@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2263@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2264@ifset M32C
2265@samp{#} on the m32c;
2266@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2267@ifset M32R
2268@samp{#} on the m32r;
2269@end ifset
2270@ifset M680X0
2271@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2272@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2273@ifset M68HC11
2274@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2275@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2276@ifset VAX
2277@samp{#} on the Vax;
2278@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2279@ifset Z80
2280@samp{;} for the Z80;
2281@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2282@ifset Z8000
2283@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2284@end ifset
2285@ifset V850
2286@samp{#} on the V850;
2287@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2288@ifset XTENSA
2289@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2290@end ifset
252b5132 2291see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2292@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2293
2294@ifset GENERIC
2295On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2296character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2297a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2298@end ifset
2299
2300@ifset V850
2301The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2302extends to the end of the line.
2303
2304@samp{--};
2305@end ifset
2306
2307@kindex #
2308@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2309@cindex logical line numbers
2310To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2311special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2312expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2313line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2314new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2315
2316If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2317the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2318
2319@smallexample
2320 # This is an ordinary comment.
2321# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2322 # This is logical line # 36.
2323@end smallexample
2324This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2325of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2326
2327@node Symbol Intro
2328@section Symbols
2329
2330@cindex characters used in symbols
2331@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2332A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2333letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2334@samp{_.$}.
2335@end ifclear
2336@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2337@ifclear GENERIC
2338@ifset H8
2339A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2340letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2341@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2342symbol names.)
2343@end ifset
2344@end ifclear
2345@end ifset
2346@ifset GENERIC
2347On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2348are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2349@end ifset
2350No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2351There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2352delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2353(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2354not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2355@cindex length of symbols
2356
2357@node Statements
2358@section Statements
2359
2360@cindex statements, structure of
2361@cindex line separator character
2362@cindex statement separator character
2363@ifclear GENERIC
2364@ifclear abnormal-separator
2365A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2366semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2367the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2368constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2369@end ifclear
2370@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2371@ifset HPPA
2372A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2373point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2374preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2375constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2376@end ifset
2377@ifset H8
2378A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2379H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2380(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2381the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2382constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2383@end ifset
2384@end ifset
2385@end ifclear
2386@ifset GENERIC
2387A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2388separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2389conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2390newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2391statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2392exception: they do not end statements.
2393@end ifset
2394
2395@cindex newline, required at file end
2396@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2397It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2398character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2399
2400An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2401
2402@cindex instructions and directives
2403@cindex directives and instructions
2404@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2405@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2406@c 13feb91.
2407A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2408key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2409symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2410symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2411directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2412a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2413assembles into a machine language instruction.
2414@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2415Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2416recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2417represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2418language.@refill
2419@end ifset
2420
2421@cindex @code{:} (label)
2422@cindex label (@code{:})
2423A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2424Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2425have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2426
2427@ifset HPPA
2428For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2429the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2430only one label may be defined on each line.
2431@end ifset
2432
2433@smallexample
2434label: .directive followed by something
2435another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2436 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2437@end smallexample
2438
2439@node Constants
2440@section Constants
2441
2442@cindex constants
2443A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2444inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2445@smallexample
2446@group
2447.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2448.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2449.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2450.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
245195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2452@end group
2453@end smallexample
2454
2455@menu
2456* Characters:: Character Constants
2457* Numbers:: Number Constants
2458@end menu
2459
2460@node Characters
2461@subsection Character Constants
2462
2463@cindex character constants
2464@cindex constants, character
2465There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2466for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2467numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2468@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2469used in arithmetic expressions.
2470
2471@menu
2472* Strings:: Strings
2473* Chars:: Characters
2474@end menu
2475
2476@node Strings
2477@subsubsection Strings
2478
2479@cindex string constants
2480@cindex constants, string
2481A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2482double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2483into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2484a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2485one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2486@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2487(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2488escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2489
2490@cindex escape codes, character
2491@cindex character escape codes
2492@table @kbd
2493@c @item \a
2494@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2495@c
2496@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2497@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2498@item \b
2499Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2500
2501@c @item \e
2502@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2503@c
2504@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2505@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2506@item \f
2507Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2508
2509@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2510@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2511@item \n
2512Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2513
2514@c @item \p
2515@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2516@c
2517@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2518@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2519@item \r
2520Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2521
2522@c @item \s
2523@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2524@c other assemblers.
2525@c
2526@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2527@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2528@item \t
2529Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2530
2531@c @item \v
2532@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2533@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2534@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2535@c
2536@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2537@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2538@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2539An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2540For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2541for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2542
2543@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2544@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2545@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2546A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2547lower case @code{x} works.
2548
2549@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2550@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2551@item \\
2552Represents one @samp{\} character.
2553
2554@c @item \'
2555@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2556@c This is needed in single character literals
2557@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2558@c a @samp{'}.
2559@c
2560@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2561@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2562@item \"
2563Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2564this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2565
2566@item \ @var{anything-else}
2567Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2568assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2569you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2570interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2571other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2572code and warns you of the fact.
2573@end table
2574
2575Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2576varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2577the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2578compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2579sequence.
2580
2581@node Chars
2582@subsubsection Characters
2583
2584@cindex single character constant
2585@cindex character, single
2586@cindex constant, single character
2587A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2588followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2589to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2590must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2591@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2592grave accent. A newline
2593@ifclear GENERIC
2594@ifclear abnormal-separator
2595(or semicolon @samp{;})
2596@end ifclear
2597@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2598@ifset H8
2599(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2600Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2601@end ifset
2602@end ifset
2603@end ifclear
2604immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2605and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2606constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2607that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2608@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2609
2610@node Numbers
2611@subsection Number Constants
2612
2613@cindex constants, number
2614@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2615@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2616are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2617would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2618integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2619are floating point numbers, described below.
2620
2621@menu
2622* Integers:: Integers
2623* Bignums:: Bignums
2624* Flonums:: Flonums
2625@ifclear GENERIC
2626@ifset I960
2627* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2628@end ifset
2629@end ifclear
2630@end menu
2631
2632@node Integers
2633@subsubsection Integers
2634@cindex integers
2635@cindex constants, integer
2636
2637@cindex binary integers
2638@cindex integers, binary
2639A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2640the binary digits @samp{01}.
2641
2642@cindex octal integers
2643@cindex integers, octal
2644An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2645digits (@samp{01234567}).
2646
2647@cindex decimal integers
2648@cindex integers, decimal
2649A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2650more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2651
2652@cindex hexadecimal integers
2653@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2654A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2655more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2656
2657Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2658the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2659(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2660
2661@node Bignums
2662@subsubsection Bignums
2663
2664@cindex bignums
2665@cindex constants, bignum
2666A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2667except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2668represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2669integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2670
2671@node Flonums
2672@subsubsection Flonums
2673@cindex flonums
2674@cindex floating point numbers
2675@cindex constants, floating point
2676
2677@cindex precision, floating point
2678A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2679indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2680@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2681sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2682to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2683portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2684
2685A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2686@itemize @bullet
2687@item
2688The digit @samp{0}.
2689@ifset HPPA
2690(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2691@end ifset
2692
2693@item
a4fb0134 2694A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2695@ifset GENERIC
2696@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2697@ignore
2698@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2699(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27004.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2701@end ignore
2702
7be1c489 2703On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2704and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2705one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2706
2707On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2708(in upper or lower case).
2709
2710On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2711one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2712
2713On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2714@end ifset
2715@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2716@ifset ARC
2717One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2718@end ifset
2719@ifset H8
2720One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2721@end ifset
2722@ifset HPPA
2723The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2724@end ifset
2725@ifset I960
2726One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2727@end ifset
2728@end ifclear
2729
2730@item
2731An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2732
2733@item
2734An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2735
2736@item
2737An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2738or more decimal digits.
2739
2740@item
2741An optional exponent, consisting of:
2742
2743@itemize @bullet
2744@item
2745An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2746@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2747@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2748@item
2749Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2750@item
2751One or more decimal digits.
2752@end itemize
2753
2754@end itemize
2755
2756At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2757present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2758
a4fb0134 2759@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2760independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2761@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2762
2763@ifclear GENERIC
2764@ifset I960
2765@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2766@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2767@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2768@node Bit Fields
2769@subsubsection Bit Fields
2770
2771@cindex bit fields
2772@cindex constants, bit field
2773You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2774Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2775@example
2776@var{mask}:@var{value}
2777@end example
2778@noindent
a4fb0134 2779@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2780@var{value}.
2781
2782The resulting number is then packed
2783@ifset GENERIC
2784@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2785(in host-dependent byte order)
2786@end ifset
2787into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2788bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2789requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2790more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2791least significant digits.@refill
2792
2793The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2794@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2795@end ifset
2796@end ifclear
2797
2798@node Sections
2799@chapter Sections and Relocation
2800@cindex sections
2801@cindex relocation
2802
2803@menu
2804* Secs Background:: Background
2805* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2806* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2807* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2808* bss:: bss Section
2809@end menu
2810
2811@node Secs Background
2812@section Background
2813
2814Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2815``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2816For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2817
2818@cindex linker, and assembler
2819@cindex assembler, and linker
2820The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2821combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2822emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2823@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2824different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2825oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2826sections.
2827
2828@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2829addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2830units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2831within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2832run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2833the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2834the proper run-time addresses.
2835@ifset H8
7be1c489 2836For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2837@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2838ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2839@end ifset
2840
2841@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2842An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2843of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2844@dfn{bss} sections.
2845
c1253627 2846@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2847@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2848When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2849@end ifset
a4fb0134 2850@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2851using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2852If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2853or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2854@end ifset
2855
2856@ifset HPPA
2857@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2858When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2859@end ifset
a4fb0134 2860@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2861specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2862@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2863(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2864assembler directives.
2865
2866@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2867Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2868text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2869is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2870BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2871@end ifset
2872@end ifset
2873
2874Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2875data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2876
2877@ifset HPPA
2878When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2879section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2880@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2881@end ifset
2882
2883To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2884relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2885object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2886@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2887file is mentioned:
2888@itemize @bullet
2889@item
2890Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2891an address?
2892@item
2893How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2894@item
2895Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2896@display
2897(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2898@end display
2899@item
2900Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2901@end itemize
2902
2903@cindex addresses, format of
2904@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2905In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2906@display
2907(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2908@end display
2909@noindent
a4fb0134 2910Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2911nature.
2912@ifset SOM
2913(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2914symbol-relative instead.)
2915@end ifset
2916
2917In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2918@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2919
2920Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2921@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2922addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2923@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2924@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2925data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2926their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2927part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2928address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2929
2930The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2931address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2932rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2933Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2934address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2935common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2936time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2937
2938By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2939the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2940sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2941customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2942the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2943data and bss sections.
2944
2945Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2946use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2947
2948@node Ld Sections
2949@section Linker Sections
2950@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2951
2952@table @strong
2953
c1253627 2954@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2955@cindex named sections
2956@cindex sections, named
2957@item named sections
2958@end ifset
2959@ifset aout-bout
2960@cindex text section
2961@cindex data section
2962@itemx text section
2963@itemx data section
2964@end ifset
a4fb0134 2965These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2966separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2967true of another.
2968@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2969When the program is running, however, it is
2970customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2971text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2972instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2973program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2974in the data section.
c1253627 2975@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2976
2977@cindex bss section
2978@item bss section
2979This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2980is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2981each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2982out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2983bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2984those explicit zeros from object files.
2985
2986@cindex absolute section
2987@item absolute section
2988Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2989This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2990not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2991addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2992
2993@cindex undefined section
2994@item undefined section
2995This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2996the preceding sections.
2997@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2998@end table
2999
3000@cindex relocation example
3001An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3002@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3003The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3004@end ifset
3005Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3006
3007@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3008@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3009@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3010@smallexample
3011 +-----+----+--+
3012partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3013 +-----+----+--+
3014
3015 text data bss
3016 seg. seg. seg.
3017
3018 +---+---+---+
3019partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3020 +---+---+---+
3021
3022 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3023linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3024 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3025
3026 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3027@end smallexample
3028@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3029@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3030@need 5000
3031@tex
c1253627 3032\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3033\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3034\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3035\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3036
3037\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3038\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3039\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3040
3041\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3042\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3043\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3044ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3045DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3046
3047\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3048\line{0\dots\hfil}
3049
3050@end tex
3051@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3052
3053@node As Sections
3054@section Assembler Internal Sections
3055
3056@cindex internal assembler sections
3057@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3058These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3059have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3060sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3061warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3062meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3063value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3064section-relative address.
3065
3066@table @b
3067@cindex assembler internal logic error
3068@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3069An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3070bug in the assembler.
3071
3072@cindex expr (internal section)
3073@item expr section
3074The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3075symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3076it in the expr section.
3077@c FIXME item debug
3078@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3079@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3080@c FIXME item register
3081@end table
3082
3083@node Sub-Sections
3084@section Sub-Sections
3085
3086@cindex numbered subsections
3087@cindex grouping data
3088@ifset aout-bout
3089Assembled bytes
c1253627 3090@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3091conventionally
3092@end ifset
3093fall into two sections: text and data.
3094@end ifset
3095You may have separate groups of
3096@ifset GENERIC
3097data in named sections
3098@end ifset
3099@ifclear GENERIC
3100@ifclear aout-bout
3101data in named sections
3102@end ifclear
3103@ifset aout-bout
3104text or data
3105@end ifset
3106@end ifclear
3107that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3108are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3109use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3110numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3111same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3112subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3113section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3114assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3115section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3116constants being output.
3117
3118Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3119goes in subsection number zero.
3120
3121@ifset GENERIC
3122Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3123(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3124of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3125@end ifset
3126@ifclear GENERIC
3127@ifset H8
7be1c489 3128On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3129boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3130The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3131@end ifset
3132@ifset I960
3133@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3134@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3135@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3136@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3137@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3138@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3139@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3140@end ifclear
3141
3142Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3143to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3144The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3145other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3146They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3147data subsections as a data section.
3148
3149To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3150into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3151@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3152@ifset COFF
252b5132 3153@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3154When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3155@end ifset
3156@ifclear GENERIC
3157You
3158@end ifclear
3159can also use an extra subsection
3160argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3161@var{expression}}.
3162@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3163@ifset ELF
3164@ifset GENERIC
3165When generating ELF output, you
3166@end ifset
3167@ifclear GENERIC
3168You
3169@end ifclear
3170can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3171to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3172@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3173@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3174(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3175is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3176begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3177@smallexample
3178.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3179.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3180.text 1
3181.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3182.data 0
3183.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3184.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3185.text 0
3186.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3187.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3188@end smallexample
3189
3190Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3191assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3192restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3193counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3194@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3195current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3196assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3197
3198@node bss
3199@section bss Section
3200
3201@cindex bss section
3202@cindex common variable storage
3203The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3204You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3205not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3206your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3207section are zeroed bytes.
3208
3209The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3210@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3211
3212The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3213another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3214
3215@ifset GENERIC
3216When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3217COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3218see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3219section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3220@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3221@end ifset
3222
3223@node Symbols
3224@chapter Symbols
3225
3226@cindex symbols
3227Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3228things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3229to debug.
3230
3231@quotation
3232@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3233@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3234the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3235@end quotation
3236
3237@menu
3238* Labels:: Labels
3239* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3240* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3241* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3242* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3243@end menu
3244
3245@node Labels
3246@section Labels
3247
3248@cindex labels
3249A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3250@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3251active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3252operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3253different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3254definitions.
3255
3256@ifset HPPA
3257On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3258colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3259a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3260provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3261@end ifset
3262
3263@node Setting Symbols
3264@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3265
3266@cindex assigning values to symbols
3267@cindex symbol values, assigning
3268A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3269by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3270(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3271directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3272equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3273@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3274
3275@node Symbol Names
3276@section Symbol Names
3277
3278@cindex symbol names
3279@cindex names, symbol
3280@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3281Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3282machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3283noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3284string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3285particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3286@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3287@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3288@ifset H8
3289Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3290Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3291character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3292on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3293@end ifset
3294@end ifset
3295
3296Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3297than @code{Foo}.
3298
3299Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3300refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3301in a program.
3302
3303@subheading Local Symbol Names
3304
3305@cindex local symbol names
3306@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3307A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3308By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3309@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3310set of local label prefixes.
3311@ifset HPPA
3312On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3313@end ifset
3314
3315Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3316normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3317You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3318@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3319
3320@subheading Local Labels
3321
3322@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3323@cindex temporary symbol names
3324@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3325Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3326They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3327the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3328To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3329represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3330definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3331you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3332@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3333for ``forwards''.
3334
3335There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3336too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3337the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3338defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3339definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3340noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3341implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3342
3343Here is an example:
3344
3345@smallexample
33461: branch 1f
33472: branch 1b
33481: branch 2f
33492: branch 1b
3350@end smallexample
3351
3352Which is the equivalent of:
3353
3354@smallexample
3355label_1: branch label_3
3356label_2: branch label_1
3357label_3: branch label_4
3358label_4: branch label_3
3359@end smallexample
3360
ba83aca1 3361Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3362transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3363The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3364are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3365these parts:
252b5132
RH
3366
3367@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3368@item @emph{local label prefix}
3369All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3370Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3371that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3372used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3373@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3374object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3375you may use them in debugging.
3376
2d5aaba0
NC
3377@item @var{number}
3378This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3379label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3380
2d5aaba0
NC
3381@item @kbd{C-B}
3382This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3383of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3384
3385@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3386This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3387@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3388number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3389the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3390@end table
3391
ba83aca1
BW
3392So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3393the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3394
3395@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3396@cindex dollar local symbols
3397
3398@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3399dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3400soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3401region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3402scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3403the same local label.
3404
3405Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3406except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3407@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3408
3409They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3410names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3411to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3412@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3413
3414@node Dot
3415@section The Special Dot Symbol
3416
3417@cindex dot (symbol)
3418@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3419@cindex current address
3420@cindex location counter
3421The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3422@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3423.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3424Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3425directive.
252b5132 3426@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3427Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3428@samp{.space 4}.
3429@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3430
3431@node Symbol Attributes
3432@section Symbol Attributes
3433
3434@cindex symbol attributes
3435@cindex attributes, symbol
3436Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3437``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3438attributes.
3439@ifset INTERNALS
3440The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3441@end ifset
3442
a4fb0134 3443If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3444all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3445symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3446would want.
3447
3448@menu
3449* Symbol Value:: Value
3450* Symbol Type:: Type
3451@ifset aout-bout
3452@ifset GENERIC
3453* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3454@end ifset
3455@ifclear GENERIC
3456@ifclear BOUT
3457* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3458@end ifclear
3459@ifset BOUT
3460* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3461@end ifset
3462@end ifclear
3463@end ifset
3464@ifset COFF
3465* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3466@end ifset
3467@ifset SOM
3468* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3469@end ifset
3470@end menu
3471
3472@node Symbol Value
3473@subsection Value
3474
3475@cindex value of a symbol
3476@cindex symbol value
3477The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3478location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3479number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3480Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3481as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3482symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3483called absolute.
3484
3485The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34860 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3487@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3488same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3489name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3490common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3491bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3492allocated storage.
3493
3494@node Symbol Type
3495@subsection Type
3496
3497@cindex type of a symbol
3498@cindex symbol type
3499The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3500information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3501(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3502format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3503
3504@ifset aout-bout
3505@ifclear GENERIC
3506@ifset BOUT
3507@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3508@c better if it were available outside examples.
3509@need 1000
3510@node a.out Symbols
3511@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3512
3513@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3514@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3515These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3516one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3517@code{b.out}.
3518
3519@end ifset
3520@ifclear BOUT
3521@node a.out Symbols
3522@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3523
3524@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3525@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3526
3527@end ifclear
3528@end ifclear
3529@ifset GENERIC
3530@node a.out Symbols
3531@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3532
3533@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3534@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3535
3536@end ifset
3537@menu
3538* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3539* Symbol Other:: Other
3540@end menu
3541
3542@node Symbol Desc
3543@subsubsection Descriptor
3544
3545@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3546This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3547descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3548(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3549@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3550
3551@node Symbol Other
3552@subsubsection Other
3553
3554@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3555This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3556@end ifset
3557
3558@ifset COFF
3559@node COFF Symbols
3560@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3561
3562@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3563@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3564
3565The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3566like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3567@code{.endef} directives.
3568
3569@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3570
3571@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3572The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3573respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3574
3575@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3576
3577@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3578The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3579@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3580table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3581@end ifset
3582
3583@ifset SOM
3584@node SOM Symbols
3585@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3586
3587@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3588@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3589
3590The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3591the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3592
3593The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3594Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3595@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3596@end ifset
3597
3598@node Expressions
3599@chapter Expressions
3600
3601@cindex expressions
3602@cindex addresses
3603@cindex numeric values
3604An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3605Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3606
3607The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3608a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3609enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3610section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3611the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3612@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3613
3614@menu
3615* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3616* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3617@end menu
3618
3619@node Empty Exprs
3620@section Empty Expressions
3621
3622@cindex empty expressions
3623@cindex expressions, empty
3624An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3625Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3626expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3627is compatible with other assemblers.
3628
3629@node Integer Exprs
3630@section Integer Expressions
3631
3632@cindex integer expressions
3633@cindex expressions, integer
3634An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3635by @emph{operators}.
3636
3637@menu
3638* Arguments:: Arguments
3639* Operators:: Operators
3640* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3641* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3642@end menu
3643
3644@node Arguments
3645@subsection Arguments
3646
3647@cindex expression arguments
3648@cindex arguments in expressions
3649@cindex operands in expressions
3650@cindex arithmetic operands
3651@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3652contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3653this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3654the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3655expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3656instruction operands.
3657
3658Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3659@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3660or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3661integer.
3662
3663Numbers are usually integers.
3664
3665A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3666that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3667these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3668instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3669assemblers.
3670
3671@cindex subexpressions
3672Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3673expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3674operator followed by an argument.
3675
3676@node Operators
3677@subsection Operators
3678
3679@cindex operators, in expressions
3680@cindex arithmetic functions
3681@cindex functions, in expressions
3682@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3683operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3684between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3685whitespace.
3686
3687@node Prefix Ops
3688@subsection Prefix Operator
3689
3690@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3691@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3692one argument, which must be absolute.
3693
3694@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3695@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3696@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3697@tex
3698\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3699@end tex
3700
3701@table @code
3702@item -
3703@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3704@item ~
3705@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3706@end table
3707
3708@tex
3709\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3710@end tex
3711
3712@node Infix Ops
3713@subsection Infix Operators
3714
3715@cindex infix operators
3716@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3717@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3718have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3719to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3720absolute, and the result is absolute.
3721
3722@enumerate
3723@cindex operator precedence
3724@cindex precedence of operators
3725
3726@item
3727Highest Precedence
3728
3729@table @code
3730@item *
3731@dfn{Multiplication}.
3732
3733@item /
3734@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3735
3736@item %
3737@dfn{Remainder}.
3738
d1eac9d9 3739@item <<
252b5132
RH
3740@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3741
d1eac9d9 3742@item >>
252b5132
RH
3743@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3744@end table
3745
3746@item
3747Intermediate precedence
3748
3749@table @code
3750@item |
3751
3752@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3753
3754@item &
3755@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3756
3757@item ^
3758@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3759
3760@item !
3761@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3762@end table
3763
3764@item
b131d4dc 3765Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3766
3767@table @code
3768@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3769@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3770@cindex arguments for addition
3771@item +
3772@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3773the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3774sections.
3775
3776@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3777@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3778@cindex arguments for subtraction
3779@item -
3780@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3781result has the section of the left argument.
3782If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3783You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3784@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3785
3786@cindex comparison expressions
3787@cindex expressions, comparison
3788@item ==
3789@dfn{Is Equal To}
3790@item <>
723a8472 3791@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3792@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3793@item <
3794@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3795@item >
b131d4dc 3796@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3797@item >=
b131d4dc 3798@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3799@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3800@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3801
3802The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3803value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3804perform signed comparisons.
3805@end table
3806
3807@item Lowest Precedence
3808
3809@table @code
3810@item &&
3811@dfn{Logical And}.
3812
3813@item ||
3814@dfn{Logical Or}.
3815
3816These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3817expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3818value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3819or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3820
252b5132
RH
3821@end table
3822@end enumerate
3823
3824In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3825address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3826
3827@node Pseudo Ops
3828@chapter Assembler Directives
3829
3830@cindex directives, machine independent
3831@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3832@cindex machine independent directives
3833All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3834The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3835
3836This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3837target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3838@ifset GENERIC
3839Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3840@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3841@end ifset
3842@ifclear GENERIC
3843@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3844@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3845@end ifset
3846@end ifclear
3847
3848@menu
3849* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3850@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3851* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3852@end ifset
f0dc282c 3853
252b5132 3854* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3855* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3856* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3857* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3858* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3859* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3860* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3861* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3862* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3863@ifset COFF
3864* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3865@end ifset
3866@ifset aout-bout
3867* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3868@end ifset
3869@ifset COFF
3870* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3871@end ifset
f0dc282c 3872
252b5132
RH
3873* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3874* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3875* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3876* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3877* End:: @code{.end}
3878@ifset COFF
3879* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3880@end ifset
f0dc282c 3881
252b5132
RH
3882* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3883* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3884* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3885* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3886* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3887* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3888* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3889* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3890* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3891* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3892* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3893* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3894* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3895* Func:: @code{.func}
3896* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3897@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3898* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3899* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3900@end ifset
f0dc282c 3901
252b5132
RH
3902* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3903* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3904* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3905* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3906* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3907* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3908@ifset ELF
3909* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3910@end ifset
f0dc282c 3911
252b5132
RH
3912* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3913* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3914* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3915* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3916@ifclear no-line-dir
3917* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3918@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3919
252b5132
RH
3920* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3921* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 3922* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
3923* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
3924* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
3925@ifset ELF
3926* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
3927@end ifset
bd0eb99b 3928
252b5132
RH
3929* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3930@ignore
3931* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3932@end ignore
f0dc282c 3933
252b5132
RH
3934* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3935* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3936* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3937* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3938* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3939* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3940* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3941@ifset ELF
3942* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3943* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3944@end ifset
f0dc282c 3945
252b5132 3946* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3947@ifset ELF
3948* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3949@end ifset
f0dc282c 3950
252b5132
RH
3951* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3952* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3953@ifset ELF
3954* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3955@end ifset
f0dc282c 3956
252b5132 3957* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3958* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3959* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3960* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3961@ifset COFF
3962* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3963@end ifset
3964@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3965* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3966@end ifset
f0dc282c 3967
252b5132
RH
3968* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3969* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3970* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3971@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3972* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 3973@end ifset
884f0d36 3974@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3975* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
3976@end ifclear
3977
252b5132 3978* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 3979@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 3980* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 3981@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3982@ifset have-stabs
3983* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3984@end ifset
f0dc282c 3985
38a57ae7 3986* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3987* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3988@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3989* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3990* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3991@end ifset
f0dc282c 3992
252b5132
RH
3993@ifset COFF
3994* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3995@end ifset
f0dc282c 3996
252b5132
RH
3997* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3998* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3999@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4000* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4001@end ifset
4002
c91d2e08 4003* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4004@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4005* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4006@end ifset
f0dc282c 4007
2e13b764 4008@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4009* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4010* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4011* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4012@end ifset
f0dc282c 4013
d190d046 4014* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4015* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4016* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4017* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4018* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4019@end menu
4020
4021@node Abort
4022@section @code{.abort}
4023
4024@cindex @code{abort} directive
4025@cindex stopping the assembly
4026This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4027compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4028assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4029of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4030quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4031
4032@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4033@node ABORT (COFF)
4034@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4035
4036@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4037When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4038synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4039
4040@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4041When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4042but ignores it.
4043@end ifset
4044@end ifset
4045
4046@node Align
4047@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4048
4049@cindex padding the location counter
4050@cindex @code{align} directive
4051Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4052boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4053required, as described below.
4054
4055The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4056padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4057padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4058marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4059with no-op instructions.
4060
4061The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4062it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4063directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4064specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4065fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4066required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4067with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4068
4069The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4070For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4071s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4072alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4073the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4074is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4075first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4076
9e9a9798 4077For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4078strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4079number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4080advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4081counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4082multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4083
4084This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4085native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4086GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4087described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4088architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4089
ccf8a69b
BW
4090@node Altmacro
4091@section @code{.altmacro}
4092Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4093
4094@ftable @code
4095@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4096One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4097generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4098replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4099replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4100separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4101define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4102
4103@item String delimiters
4104You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4105@code{"@var{string}"}:
4106
4107@table @code
4108@item '@var{string}'
4109You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4110
4111@item <@var{string}>
4112You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4113@end table
4114
4115@item single-character string escape
4116To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4117character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4118character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4119write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4120
4121@item Expression results as strings
4122You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
4123and use the result as a string.
4124@end ftable
4125
252b5132
RH
4126@node Ascii
4127@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4128
4129@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4130@cindex string literals
4131@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4132separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4133trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4134
4135@node Asciz
4136@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4137
4138@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4139@cindex zero-terminated strings
4140@cindex null-terminated strings
4141@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4142a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4143
4144@node Balign
4145@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4146
4147@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4148@cindex @code{balign} directive
4149Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4150storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4151alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4152the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4153is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4154
4155The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4156padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4157padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4158marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4159with no-op instructions.
4160
4161The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4162it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4163directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4164specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4165fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4166required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4167with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4168
4169@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4170@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4171The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4172@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4173pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4174fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
41754,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4176filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4177the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4178undefined.
4179
4180@node Byte
4181@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4182
4183@cindex @code{byte} directive
4184@cindex integers, one byte
4185@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4186Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4187
54cfded0 4188@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4189@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4190@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4191@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4192should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4193data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4194@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4195
4b7d318b
L
4196Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4197it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4198
54cfded0
AM
4199@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4200@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4201@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4202unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4203@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4204
9b8ae42e
JJ
4205@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4206@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4207@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4208should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4209argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4210a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4211the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4212can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4213The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4214no personality routine.
4215
4216@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4217@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4218@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4219should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4220argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4221or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4222no LSDA.
4223
54cfded0
AM
4224@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4225@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4226address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4227
4228@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4229@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4230now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4231remains the same.
4232
4233@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4234@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4235remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4236absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4237CFA address.
4238
4239@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4240Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4241value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4242
4243@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4244Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4245CFA.
4246
17076204
RH
4247@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4248Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4249the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4250using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4251This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4252code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4253
4b7d318b
L
4254@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4255Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4256
4257@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4258@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4259same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4260instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4261
4262@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4263From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4264
4265@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4266Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4267i.e. no restoration needed.
4268
4269@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4270First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4271then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4272everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4273the previous saved state.
4274
4275@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4276Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4277directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4278
63752a75
JJ
4279@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4280Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4281
6749011b 4282@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4283SPARC register window has been saved.
4284
cdfbf930
RH
4285@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4286Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4287might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4288opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4289
f1c4cc75
RH
4290@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4291The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4292will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4293description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4294
4295The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4296limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4297mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4298by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4299or another register.
4300
ccf8a69b
BW
4301@node Comm
4302@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4303
ccf8a69b
BW
4304@cindex @code{comm} directive
4305@cindex symbol, common
4306@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4307common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4308of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4309definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4310allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4311absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4312the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4313using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4314
c1711530
DK
4315@ifset COFF-ELF
4316When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
4317an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
4318specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4319that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4320as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
4321boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
4322power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
4323common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
4324alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4325largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4326maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4327is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4328@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4329multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4330It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4331(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4332@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4333
ccf8a69b
BW
4334@ifset HPPA
4335The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4336@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4337@end ifset
07a53e5c 4338
252b5132
RH
4339@node Data
4340@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4341
4342@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4343@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4344end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4345absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4346to zero.
4347
4348@ifset COFF
4349@node Def
4350@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4351
4352@cindex @code{def} directive
4353@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4354@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4355Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4356definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4357@ifset BOUT
4358
a4fb0134 4359This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4360format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4361but ignored.
4362@end ifset
4363@end ifset
4364
4365@ifset aout-bout
4366@node Desc
4367@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4368
4369@cindex @code{desc} directive
4370@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4371@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4372This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4373to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4374
4375@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4376The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4377configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4378object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4379it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4380@end ifset
4381@end ifset
4382
4383@ifset COFF
4384@node Dim
4385@section @code{.dim}
4386
4387@cindex @code{dim} directive
4388@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4389@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4390This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4391information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4392@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4393@ifset BOUT
4394
4395@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4396@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4397ignores it.
4398@end ifset
4399@end ifset
4400
4401@node Double
4402@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4403
4404@cindex @code{double} directive
4405@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4406@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4407assembles floating point numbers.
4408@ifset GENERIC
4409The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4410@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4411@end ifset
4412@ifclear GENERIC
4413@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4414On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4415in @sc{ieee} format.
4416@end ifset
4417@end ifclear
4418
4419@node Eject
4420@section @code{.eject}
4421
4422@cindex @code{eject} directive
4423@cindex new page, in listings
4424@cindex page, in listings
4425@cindex listing control: new page
4426Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4427
4428@node Else
4429@section @code{.else}
4430
4431@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4432@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4433assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4434of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4435was false.
4436
3fd9f047
TW
4437@node Elseif
4438@section @code{.elseif}
4439
4440@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4441@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4442assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4443@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4444
252b5132
RH
4445@node End
4446@section @code{.end}
4447
4448@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4449@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4450process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4451
4452@ifset COFF
4453@node Endef
4454@section @code{.endef}
4455
4456@cindex @code{endef} directive
4457This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4458@code{.def}.
4459@ifset BOUT
4460
4461@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4462@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4463directive but ignores it.
4464@end ifset
4465@end ifset
4466
4467@node Endfunc
4468@section @code{.endfunc}
4469@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4470@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4471
4472@node Endif
4473@section @code{.endif}
4474
4475@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4476@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4477it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4478conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4479
4480@node Equ
4481@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4482
4483@cindex @code{equ} directive
4484@cindex assigning values to symbols
4485@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4486This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4487It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4488
4489@ifset HPPA
4490The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4491@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4492@end ifset
4493
3c9b82ba
NC
4494@ifset Z80
4495The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4496@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4497On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4498but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4499Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4500@end ifset
4501
252b5132
RH
4502@node Equiv
4503@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4504@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4505The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4506the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4507symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4508undefined.
252b5132
RH
4509
4510Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4511@smallexample
4512.ifdef SYM
4513.err
4514.endif
4515.equ SYM,VAL
4516@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4517plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4518
4519@node Eqv
4520@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4521@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4522The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4523evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4524the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4525value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4526
4527@node Err
4528@section @code{.err}
4529@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4530If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4531message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4532object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4533
d190d046
HPN
4534@node Error
4535@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4536@cindex error directive
4537
4538Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4539string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4540message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4541@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4542
4543@smallexample
4544 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4545@end smallexample
4546
252b5132
RH
4547@node Exitm
4548@section @code{.exitm}
4549Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4550
4551@node Extern
4552@section @code{.extern}
4553
4554@cindex @code{extern} directive
4555@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4556with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4557all undefined symbols as external.
4558
4559@node Fail
4560@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4561
4562@cindex @code{fail} directive
4563Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4564or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4565than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4566include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4567complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4568
252b5132 4569@node File
14082c76 4570@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4571@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4572
4573@ifclear no-file-dir
4574There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4575that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4576@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4577
4578@subheading Default Version
4579
252b5132
RH
4580@cindex logical file name
4581@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4582This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4583are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4584
4585@smallexample
4586.file @var{string}
4587@end smallexample
4588
4589@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4590recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4591to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4592statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4593old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4594
4595@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4596@end ifclear
4597
14082c76
BW
4598When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4599to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4600
4601@smallexample
4602.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4603@end smallexample
4604
4605The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4606index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4607literal.
4608
4609The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4610table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4611information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4612entries will have.
4613
252b5132
RH
4614@node Fill
4615@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4616
4617@cindex @code{fill} directive
4618@cindex writing patterns in memory
4619@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4620@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4621This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4622may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4623more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4624other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4625is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4626zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4627byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4628Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4629@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4630compatible with other people's assemblers.
4631
4632@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4633If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4634assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4635@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4636
4637@node Float
4638@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4639
4640@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4641@cindex @code{float} directive
4642This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4643has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4644@ifset GENERIC
4645The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4646@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4647@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4648@end ifset
4649@ifclear GENERIC
4650@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4651On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4652in @sc{ieee} format.
4653@end ifset
4654@end ifclear
4655
4656@node Func
4657@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4658@cindex @code{func} directive
4659@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4660is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4661Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4662@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4663prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4664@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4665All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4666The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4667
4668@node Global
4669@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4670
4671@cindex @code{global} directive
4672@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4673@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4674@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4675other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4676@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4677from another file linked into the same program.
4678
4679Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4680compatibility with other assemblers.
4681
4682@ifset HPPA
4683On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4684partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4685@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4686@end ifset
4687
c91d2e08 4688@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4689@node Gnu_attribute
4690@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4691Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4692
c91d2e08
NC
4693@node Hidden
4694@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4695
c1253627
NC
4696@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4697@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4698This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4699@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4700@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4701
4702This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4703their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4704@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4705Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4706@end ifset
4707
252b5132
RH
4708@node hword
4709@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4710
4711@cindex @code{hword} directive
4712@cindex integers, 16-bit
4713@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4714@cindex sixteen bit integers
4715This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4716a 16 bit number for each.
4717
4718@ifset GENERIC
4719This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4720architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4721@end ifset
4722@ifclear GENERIC
4723@ifset W32
4724This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4725@end ifset
4726@ifset W16
4727This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4728@end ifset
4729@end ifclear
4730
4731@node Ident
4732@section @code{.ident}
4733
4734@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4735
4736This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4737behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4738a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4739source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4740for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4741@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4742emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4743
4744@node If
4745@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4746
4747@cindex conditional assembly
4748@cindex @code{if} directive
4749@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4750considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4751(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4752the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4753(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4754alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4755If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4756nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4757
4758The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4759@table @code
4760@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4761@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4762Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4763has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4764is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4765
26aca5f6
JB
4766@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4767@item .ifb @var{text}
4768Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4769
252b5132
RH
4770@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4771@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4772Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4773strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4774the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4775end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4776string comparison is case sensitive.
4777
4778@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4779@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4780Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4781
4782@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4783@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4784Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4785
4786@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4787@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4788Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4789equal to zero.
4790
4791@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4792@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4793Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4794
4795@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4796@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4797Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4798to zero.
4799
4800@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4801@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4802Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4803
26aca5f6
JB
4804@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4805@item .ifnb @var{text}
4806Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4807following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4808
252b5132
RH
4809@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4810@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4811Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4812following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4813
4814@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4815@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4816@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4817@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4818Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4819has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4820which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4821
4822@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4823@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4824Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4825(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4826
4827@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4828@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4829Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4830following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4831@end table
4832
7e005732
NC
4833@node Incbin
4834@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4835
4836@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4837@cindex binary files, including
4838The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4839location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4840option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4841around @var{file}.
4842
4843The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4844@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4845read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4846responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4847after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4848
252b5132
RH
4849@node Include
4850@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4851
4852@cindex @code{include} directive
4853@cindex supporting files, including
4854@cindex files, including
4855This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4856points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4857if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4858included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4859can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4860(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4861around @var{file}.
4862
4863@node Int
4864@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4865
4866@cindex @code{int} directive
4867@cindex integers, 32-bit
4868Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4869For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4870expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4871of target the assembly is for.
4872
4873@ifclear GENERIC
4874@ifset H8
7be1c489 4875On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4876integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
487732-bit integers.
4878@end ifset
4879@end ifclear
4880
c91d2e08
NC
4881@ifset ELF
4882@node Internal
4883@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4884
c1253627
NC
4885@cindex @code{internal} directive
4886@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4887This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4888@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4889@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4890
4891This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4892their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4893@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4894(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4895processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4896@end ifset
4897
252b5132
RH
4898@node Irp
4899@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4900
4901@cindex @code{irp} directive
4902Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4903The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4904terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4905set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4906@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4907@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4908sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4909
4910For example, assembling
4911
4912@example
4913 .irp param,1,2,3
4914 move d\param,sp@@-
4915 .endr
4916@end example
4917
4918is equivalent to assembling
4919
4920@example
4921 move d1,sp@@-
4922 move d2,sp@@-
4923 move d3,sp@@-
4924@end example
4925
96e9638b 4926For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4927
252b5132
RH
4928@node Irpc
4929@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4930
4931@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4932Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4933The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4934terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4935@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4936assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4937assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4938@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4939
4940For example, assembling
4941
4942@example
4943 .irpc param,123
4944 move d\param,sp@@-
4945 .endr
4946@end example
4947
4948is equivalent to assembling
4949
4950@example
4951 move d1,sp@@-
4952 move d2,sp@@-
4953 move d3,sp@@-
4954@end example
4955
5e75c3ab
JB
4956For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4957at @xref{Macro}.
4958
252b5132
RH
4959@node Lcomm
4960@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4961
4962@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4963@cindex local common symbols
4964@cindex symbols, local common
4965Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4966denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4967those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4968section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4969is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4970not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4971
4972@ifset GENERIC
4973Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4974argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4975@end ifset
4976
4977@ifset HPPA
4978The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4979@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4980@end ifset
4981
4982@node Lflags
4983@section @code{.lflags}
4984
4985@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4986@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4987assemblers, but ignores it.
4988
4989@ifclear no-line-dir
4990@node Line
4991@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4992
4993@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
4994@cindex logical line number
4995@ifset aout-bout
4996Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4997expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4998statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4999reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5000@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5001for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5002@end ifset
5003
252b5132 5004Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5005@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5006when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5007were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5008@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5009
5010Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5011used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5012debugging.
5013@end ifclear
5014
5015@node Linkonce
5016@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5017@cindex COMDAT
5018@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5019@cindex common sections
5020Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5021This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5022but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5023The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5024Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5025unique.
5026
5027This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5028writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5029Executable format used on Windows NT.
5030
5031The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5032following strings. For example:
5033@smallexample
5034.linkonce same_size
5035@end smallexample
5036Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5037
5038@table @code
5039@item discard
5040Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5041
5042@item one_only
5043Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5044
5045@item same_size
5046Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5047
5048@item same_contents
5049Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5050@end table
5051
ccf8a69b
BW
5052@node List
5053@section @code{.list}
5054
5055@cindex @code{list} directive
5056@cindex listing control, turning on
5057Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5058not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5059internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5060counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5061generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5062
5063By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5064@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5065the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5066
252b5132
RH
5067@node Ln
5068@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5069
5070@cindex @code{ln} directive
5071@ifclear no-line-dir
5072@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5073@end ifclear
5074@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5075Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5076must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5077line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5078statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5079line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5080@ifset BOUT
5081
a4fb0134 5082This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5083configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5084output format.
5085@end ifset
5086@end ifset
5087
ccf8a69b
BW
5088@node Loc
5089@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5090@cindex @code{loc} directive
5091When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5092the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5093number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5094instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5095arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5096the row is added.
252b5132 5097
ccf8a69b
BW
5098The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5099
5100@table @code
5101@item basic_block
5102This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5103@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5104
5105@item prologue_end
5106This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5107@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5108
5109@item epilogue_begin
5110This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5111@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5112
5113@item is_stmt @var{value}
5114This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
5115@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
5116either 0 or 1.
5117
5118@item isa @var{value}
5119This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5120state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5121
92846e72
CC
5122@item discriminator @var{value}
5123This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5124state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5125
ccf8a69b
BW
5126@end table
5127
5128@node Loc_mark_labels
5129@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5130@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5131When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5132the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5133to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5134register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5135The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5136this function respectively.
252b5132 5137
4d4175af
BW
5138@ifset ELF
5139@node Local
5140@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5141
5142@cindex @code{local} directive
5143This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5144the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5145will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5146they will be created.
5147
5148For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5149accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5150the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5151(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5152@end ifset
5153
252b5132
RH
5154@node Long
5155@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5156
5157@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5158@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5159
5160@ignore
5161@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5162@c what it really ought to do
5163@node Lsym
5164@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5165
5166@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5167@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5168@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5169the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5170rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5171the same as the expression value:
5172@smallexample
5173@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5174@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5175@var{value} = @var{expression}
5176@end smallexample
5177@noindent
5178The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5179@end ignore
5180
5181@node Macro
5182@section @code{.macro}
5183
5184@cindex macros
5185The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5186generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5187@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5188
5189@example
5190 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5191 .long \from
5192 .if \to-\from
5193 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5194 .endif
5195 .endm
5196@end example
5197
5198@noindent
5199With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5200
5201@example
5202 .long 0
5203 .long 1
5204 .long 2
5205 .long 3
5206 .long 4
5207 .long 5
5208@end example
5209
5210@ftable @code
5211@item .macro @var{macname}
5212@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5213@cindex @code{macro} directive
5214Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5215definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5216separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5217indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5218@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5219(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5220macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5221cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5222subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5223definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5224
5225@table @code
5226@item .macro comm
5227Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5228arguments.
5229
6258339f 5230@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5231@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5232Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5233which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5234@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5235
5236@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5237Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5238arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5239After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5240@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5241@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5242,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5243@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5244
6eaeac8a
JB
5245@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5246Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5247arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5248not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5249will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5250
252b5132
RH
5251When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5252position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5253@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5254
6258339f
NC
5255@end table
5256
5e75c3ab
JB
5257Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5258as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5259occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5260characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5261(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5262architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5263character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5264replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5265construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5266identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5267this macro definition:
5268
5269@example
5270 .macro label l
5271\l:
5272 .endm
5273@end example
5274
5275might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5276called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5277assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5278identifier.
5279
5280Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5281which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5282for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5283length specifier like this:
5284
5285@example
5286 .macro opcode base length
5287 \base.\length
5288 .endm
5289@end example
5290
5291and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5292instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5293interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5294
5295There are several possible ways around this problem:
5296
5297@table @code
5298@item Insert white space
5299If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5300solution. eg:
5301
5302@example
5303 .macro label l
5304\l :
5305 .endm
5306@end example
5307
5308@item Use @samp{\()}
5309The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5310the following text. eg:
5311
5312@example
5313 .macro opcode base length
5314 \base\().\length
5315 .endm
5316@end example
5317
5318@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5319In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5320used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5321
5322@example
5323 .altmacro
5324 .macro label l
5325l&:
5326 .endm
5327@end example
6258339f 5328@end table
5e75c3ab 5329
96e9638b
BW
5330Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5331also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5332and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5333
252b5132
RH
5334@item .endm
5335@cindex @code{endm} directive
5336Mark the end of a macro definition.
5337
5338@item .exitm
5339@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5340Exit early from the current macro definition.
5341
5342@cindex number of macros executed
5343@cindex macros, count executed
5344@item \@@
a4fb0134 5345@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5346executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5347output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5348
252b5132
RH
5349@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5350@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5351macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5352@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5353@end ftable
252b5132 5354
ccf8a69b
BW
5355@node MRI
5356@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5357
ccf8a69b
BW
5358@cindex @code{mri} directive
5359@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5360If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5361@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5362affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5363of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5364
caa32fe5
NC
5365@node Noaltmacro
5366@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5367Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5368
252b5132
RH
5369@node Nolist
5370@section @code{.nolist}
5371
5372@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5373@cindex listing control, turning off
5374Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5375not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5376internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5377counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5378generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5379
5380@node Octa
5381@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5382
5383@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5384@cindex @code{octa} directive
5385@cindex integer, 16-byte
5386@cindex sixteen byte integer
5387This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5388bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5389
5390The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5391hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5392
5393@node Org
5394@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5395
5396@cindex @code{org} directive
5397@cindex location counter, advancing
5398@cindex advancing location counter
5399@cindex current address, advancing
5400Advance the location counter of the current section to
5401@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5402expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5403you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5404wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5405with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5406@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5407is the same as the current subsection.
5408
5409@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5410unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5411backwards.
5412
5413@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5414@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5415@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5416Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5417may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5418a chance to share your improved assembler.
5419
5420Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5421to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5422people's assemblers.
5423
5424When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5425intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5426absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5427@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5428
5429@node P2align
5430@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5431
5432@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5433@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5434Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5435storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5436number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5437advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5438counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5439multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5440
5441The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5442padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5443padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5444marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5445with no-op instructions.
5446
5447The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5448it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5449directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5450specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5451fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5452required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5453with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5454
5455@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5456@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5457The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5458@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5459pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5460fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
54612,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5462filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5463the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5464undefined.
5465
ccf8a69b
BW
5466@ifset ELF
5467@node PopSection
5468@section @code{.popsection}
5469
5470@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5471@cindex Section Stack
5472This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
5473@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5474@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5475(@pxref{Previous}).
5476
5477This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5478section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5479stack.
5480@end ifset
5481
c91d2e08
NC
5482@ifset ELF
5483@node Previous
5484@section @code{.previous}
5485
c1253627 5486@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5487@cindex Section Stack
5488This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5489@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5490@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5491(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5492
5493This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5494referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5495@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5496subsections). For example:
5497
5498@smallexample
5499.section A
5500 .subsection 1
5501 .word 0x1234
5502 .subsection 2
5503 .word 0x5678
5504.previous
5505 .word 0x9abc
5506@end smallexample
5507
5508Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5509section A. Whilst:
5510
5511@smallexample
5512.section A
5513.subsection 1
5514 # Now in section A subsection 1
5515 .word 0x1234
5516.section B
5517.subsection 0
5518 # Now in section B subsection 0
5519 .word 0x5678
5520.subsection 1
5521 # Now in section B subsection 1
5522 .word 0x9abc
5523.previous
5524 # Now in section B subsection 0
5525 .word 0xdef0
5526@end smallexample
5527
5528Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5529section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5530
5531In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5532the top section on the section stack.
5533@end ifset
5534
252b5132
RH
5535@node Print
5536@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5537
5538@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5539@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5540assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5541
c91d2e08
NC
5542@ifset ELF
5543@node Protected
5544@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5545
c1253627
NC
5546@cindex @code{protected} directive
5547@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5548This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5549@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5550
5551This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5552their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5553@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5554components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5555component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5556this.
5557@end ifset
5558
252b5132
RH
5559@node Psize
5560@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5561
5562@cindex @code{psize} directive
5563@cindex listing control: paper size
5564@cindex paper size, for listings
5565Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5566number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5567
5568If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5569of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5570default width is 200 columns.
5571
a4fb0134 5572@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5573lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5574@code{.eject}).
5575
5576If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5577those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5578
5579@node Purgem
5580@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5581
5582@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5583Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5584expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5585
c91d2e08
NC
5586@ifset ELF
5587@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5588@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5589
c1253627 5590@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5591@cindex Section Stack
5592This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5593@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5594@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5595(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5596
e9863d7f
DJ
5597This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5598top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5599subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5600@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5601as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5602@end ifset
5603
252b5132
RH
5604@node Quad
5605@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5606
5607@cindex @code{quad} directive
5608@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5609each bignum, it emits
5610@ifclear bignum-16
5611an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5612warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5613@cindex eight-byte integer
5614@cindex integer, 8-byte
5615
5616The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5617hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5618@end ifclear
5619@ifset bignum-16
5620a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5621warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5622@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5623@cindex integer, 16-byte
5624@end ifset
5625
05e9452c
AM
5626@node Reloc
5627@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5628
5629@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5630Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5631@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5632the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5633symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5634@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5635absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5636targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5637relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5638section.
5639
252b5132
RH
5640@node Rept
5641@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5642
5643@cindex @code{rept} directive
5644Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5645@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5646
5647For example, assembling
5648
5649@example
5650 .rept 3
5651 .long 0
5652 .endr
5653@end example
5654
5655is equivalent to assembling
5656
5657@example
5658 .long 0
5659 .long 0
5660 .long 0
5661@end example
5662
5663@node Sbttl
5664@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5665
5666@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5667@cindex subtitles for listings
5668@cindex listing control: subtitle
5669Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5670title line) when generating assembly listings.
5671
5672This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5673it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5674
5675@ifset COFF
5676@node Scl
5677@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5678
5679@cindex @code{scl} directive
5680@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5681@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5682Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5683used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5684whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5685symbolic debugging information.
5686@ifset BOUT
5687
5688The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5689configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5690accepts this directive but ignores it.
5691@end ifset
5692@end ifset
5693
c1253627 5694@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5695@node Section
c1253627 5696@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5697
252b5132
RH
5698@cindex named section
5699Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5700named @var{name}.
5701
5702This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5703named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5704with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5705
c1253627
NC
5706@ifset COFF
5707@ifset ELF
5708@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5709@subheading COFF Version
5710@end ifset
5711
5712@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5713For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5714ways:
c91d2e08 5715
252b5132
RH
5716@smallexample
5717.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5718.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5719@end smallexample
5720
5721If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5722section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5723@table @code
5724@item b
5725bss section (uninitialized data)
5726@item n
5727section is not loaded
5728@item w
5729writable section
5730@item d
5731data section
5732@item r
5733read-only section
5734@item x
5735executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5736@item s
5737shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5738@item a
5739ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5740@item y
5741section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
252b5132
RH
5742@end table
5743
5744If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5745the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5746loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5747from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5748will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5749
5750If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5751taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5752@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5753
5754@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5755@ifset COFF
5756@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5757@subheading ELF Version
5758@end ifset
5759
c91d2e08
NC
5760@cindex Section Stack
5761This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5762@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5763(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5764@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5765
c1253627 5766@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5767For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5768
252b5132 5769@smallexample
7047dd1e 5770.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5771@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5772
252b5132 5773The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5774combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5775@table @code
5776@item a
5777section is allocatable
5778@item w
5779section is writable
5780@item x
5781section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5782@item M
5783section is mergeable
5784@item S
5785section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5786@item G
5787section is a member of a section group
5788@item T
5789section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5790@end table
5791
5792The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5793@table @code
5794@item @@progbits
5795section contains data
5796@item @@nobits
5797section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5798@item @@note
5799section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5800@item @@init_array
5801section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5802@item @@fini_array
5803section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5804@item @@preinit_array
5805section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5806@end table
5807
10b016c2
PB
5808Many targets only support the first three section types.
5809
ececec60
NC
5810Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5811ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5812@code{%} character.
5813
22fe14ad 5814If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5815be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5816
5817@smallexample
5818.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5819@end smallexample
5820
5821Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5822constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5823@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5824@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5825the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5826absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5827which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5828@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5829@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5830
5831If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5832be present along with an additional field like this:
5833
5834@smallexample
5835.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5836@end smallexample
5837
5838The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5839particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5840@table @code
5841@item comdat
5842indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5843@item .gnu.linkonce
5844an alias for comdat
5845@end table
5846
96e9638b 5847Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5848the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5849
5850@smallexample
5851.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5852@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5853
252b5132
RH
5854If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5855the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5856none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5857executable. The section will contain data.
5858
5859For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5860directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5861
252b5132
RH
5862@smallexample
5863.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5864@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5865
252b5132
RH
5866Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5867separated flags:
5868@table @code
5869@item #alloc
5870section is allocatable
5871@item #write
5872section is writable
5873@item #execinstr
5874section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5875@item #tls
5876section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5877@end table
c91d2e08 5878
e9863d7f
DJ
5879This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5880contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5881some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5882work.
c1253627
NC
5883@end ifset
5884@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5885
5886@node Set
5887@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5888
5889@cindex @code{set} directive
5890@cindex symbol value, setting
5891Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5892changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5893@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5894flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5895
5896You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5897
5898If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5899file is the last value stored into it.
5900
5901@ifset HPPA
5902The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5903@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5904@end ifset
5905
3c9b82ba
NC
5906@ifset Z80
5907On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5908@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5909@end ifset
5910
252b5132
RH
5911@node Short
5912@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5913
5914@cindex @code{short} directive
5915@ifset GENERIC
5916@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5917@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5918
5919In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5920numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5921@end ifset
5922@ifclear GENERIC
5923@ifset W16
5924@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5925@end ifset
5926@ifset W32
5927This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5928a 16 bit number for each.
5929@end ifset
5930@end ifclear
5931
5932@node Single
5933@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5934
5935@cindex @code{single} directive
5936@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5937This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5938has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5939@ifset GENERIC
5940The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5941@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5942@end ifset
5943@ifclear GENERIC
5944@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5945On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5946numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5947@end ifset
5948@end ifclear
5949
c1253627 5950@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5951@node Size
c1253627 5952@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5953
c1253627
NC
5954This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5955
5956@ifset COFF
5957@ifset ELF
5958@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5959@subheading COFF Version
5960@end ifset
5961
5962@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5963For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5964@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5965
5966@smallexample
5967.size @var{expression}
5968@end smallexample
252b5132 5969
c91d2e08 5970@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5971@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5972@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5973ignores it.
5974@end ifset
c1253627 5975@end ifset
c91d2e08 5976
c1253627
NC
5977@ifset ELF
5978@ifset COFF
5979@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5980@subheading ELF Version
5981@end ifset
5982
5983@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5984For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5985
c1253627
NC
5986@smallexample
5987.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5988@end smallexample
5989
5990This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5991The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5992arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5993symbols.
c1253627
NC
5994@end ifset
5995@end ifset
252b5132 5996
252b5132
RH
5997@ifclear no-space-dir
5998@node Skip
5999@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6000
6001@cindex @code{skip} directive
6002@cindex filling memory
6003This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6004@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6005@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6006@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6007@end ifclear
252b5132 6008
ccf8a69b
BW
6009@node Sleb128
6010@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6011
6012@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
6013@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
6014compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6015symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6016
884f0d36 6017@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6018@node Space
6019@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6020
6021@cindex @code{space} directive
6022@cindex filling memory
6023This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6024@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6025and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6026as @samp{.skip}.
6027
6028@ifset HPPA
6029@quotation
6030@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6031targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6032Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6033@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6034for a summary.
6035@end quotation
6036@end ifset
6037@end ifclear
6038
252b5132
RH
6039@ifset have-stabs
6040@node Stab
6041@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6042
6043@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6044@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6045There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6046All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6047The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6048cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6049Up to five fields are required:
6050
6051@table @var
6052@item string
6053This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6054@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6055debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6056using this field.
6057
6058@item type
6059An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6060this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6061and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6062
6063@item other
6064An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6065low 8 bits of this expression.
6066
6067@item desc
6068An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6069bits of this expression.
6070
6071@item value
6072An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6073@end table
6074
6075If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6076or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6077you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6078compatible with earlier assemblers!
6079
6080@table @code
6081@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6082@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6083
6084The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6085It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6086null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6087strings.
6088
6089The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6090relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6091is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6092assembled.
6093
6094@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6095@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6096The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6097
6098@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6099@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6100All five fields are specified.
6101@end table
6102@end ifset
6103@c end have-stabs
6104
6105@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6106@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6107"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6108
6109@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6110@cindex string8, copying to object file
6111@cindex string16, copying to object file
6112@cindex string32, copying to object file
6113@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6114@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6115@cindex @code{string8} directive
6116@cindex @code{string16} directive
6117@cindex @code{string32} directive
6118@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6119
6120Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6121one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6122particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6123You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6124
38a57ae7
NC
6125The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6126the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6127copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6128are stored in target endianness byte order.
6129
6130Example:
6131@smallexample
6132 .string32 "BYE"
6133expands to:
6134 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6135 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6136@end smallexample
6137
6138
252b5132
RH
6139@node Struct
6140@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6141
6142@cindex @code{struct} directive
6143Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6144which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6145@smallexample
6146 .struct 0
6147field1:
6148 .struct field1 + 4
6149field2:
6150 .struct field2 + 4
6151field3:
6152@end smallexample
6153This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6154@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6155value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6156use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6157before further assembly.
6158
c91d2e08
NC
6159@ifset ELF
6160@node SubSection
6161@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6162
c1253627 6163@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6164@cindex Section Stack
6165This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6166@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6167@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6168(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6169
6170This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6171section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6172in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6173@end ifset
6174
252b5132
RH
6175@ifset ELF
6176@node Symver
6177@section @code{.symver}
6178@cindex @code{symver} directive
6179@cindex symbol versioning
6180@cindex versions of symbols
6181Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6182within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6183typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6184There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6185into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6186shared library.
6187
79082ff0 6188For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6189@smallexample
6190.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6191@end smallexample
339681c0 6192If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6193being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6194alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6195just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6196permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6197of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6198itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6199have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6200file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6201function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6202the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6203building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6204symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6205nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6206
6207If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6208references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6209reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6210symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6211
6212Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6213@smallexample
6214.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6215@end smallexample
6216In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6217the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6218difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6219references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6220
6221The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6222@smallexample
6223.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6224@end smallexample
6225When @var{name} is not defined within the
6226file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6227@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6228name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6229@end ifset
6230
6231@ifset COFF
6232@node Tag
6233@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6234
6235@cindex COFF structure debugging
6236@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6237@cindex @code{tag} directive
6238This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6239information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6240@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6241definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6242@ifset BOUT
6243
6244@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6245@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6246ignores it.
6247@end ifset
6248@end ifset
6249
6250@node Text
6251@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6252
6253@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6254Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6255the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6256expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6257is used.
6258
6259@node Title
6260@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6261
6262@cindex @code{title} directive
6263@cindex listing control: title line
6264Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6265source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6266
6267This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6268it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6269
c1253627 6270@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6271@node Type
c1253627
NC
6272@section @code{.type}
6273
6274This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6275
6276@ifset COFF
6277@ifset ELF
6278@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6279@subheading COFF Version
6280@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6281
6282@cindex COFF symbol type
6283@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6284@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6285For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6286@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6287
6288@smallexample
6289.type @var{int}
6290@end smallexample
6291
6292This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6293entry.
252b5132 6294
c91d2e08 6295@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6296@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6297@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6298directive but ignores it.
6299@end ifset
c1253627 6300@end ifset
c91d2e08 6301
c1253627
NC
6302@ifset ELF
6303@ifset COFF
6304@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6305@subheading ELF Version
6306@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6307
6308@cindex ELF symbol type
6309@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6310@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6311For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6312
6313@smallexample
6314.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6315@end smallexample
6316
6317This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6318function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6319supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6320compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6321
6322Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6323@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6324below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6325the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6326maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6327assemblers.
6328
6329The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6330
6331@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6332 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6333 .type <name>,#<type>
6334 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6335 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6336 .type <name>,"<type>"
6337@end smallexample
6338
6339The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6340
5671778d
NC
6341@table @gcctabopt
6342@item STT_FUNC
6343@itemx function
6344Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6345
d8045f23
NC
6346@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6347@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6348Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6349processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6350
5671778d
NC
6351@item STT_OBJECT
6352@itemx object
6353Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6354
6355@item STT_TLS
6356@itemx tls_object
6357Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6358
6359@item STT_COMMON
6360@itemx common
6361Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6362
6363@item STT_NOTYPE
6364@itemx notype
6365Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6366
3e7a7d11
NC
6367@item gnu_unique_object
6368Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6369will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6370name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6371
5671778d
NC
6372@end table
6373
6374Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6375
c1253627
NC
6376@end ifset
6377@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6378
6379@node Uleb128
6380@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6381
6382@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6383@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6384compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6385symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6386
6387@ifset COFF
6388@node Val
6389@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6390
6391@cindex @code{val} directive
6392@cindex COFF value attribute
6393@cindex value attribute, COFF
6394This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6395records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6396entry.
6397@ifset BOUT
6398
a4fb0134 6399@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6400configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6401@end ifset
6402@end ifset
6403
2e13b764 6404@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6405@node Version
6406@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6407
c1253627 6408@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6409This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6410formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6411@end ifset
2e13b764 6412
c91d2e08
NC
6413@ifset ELF
6414@node VTableEntry
6415@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6416
653cfe85 6417@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6418This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6419@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6420
c91d2e08
NC
6421@node VTableInherit
6422@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6423
653cfe85 6424@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6425This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6426@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6427parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6428parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6429@end ifset
2e13b764 6430
d190d046
HPN
6431@node Warning
6432@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6433@cindex warning directive
6434Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6435(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6436
c91d2e08
NC
6437@node Weak
6438@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6439
c1253627 6440@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6441This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6442@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6443
977cdf5a
NC
6444On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6445directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6446@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6447
977cdf5a
NC
6448On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6449When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6450alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6451
06e77878
AO
6452@node Weakref
6453@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6454
6455@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6456This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6457be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6458If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6459will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6460symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6461
6462The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6463assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6464symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6465resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6466had the references to the alias removed.
6467
6468The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6469within the assembler.
6470
252b5132
RH
6471@node Word
6472@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6473
6474@cindex @code{word} directive
6475This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6476separated by commas.
6477@ifclear GENERIC
6478@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6479For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6480@end ifset
6481@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6482For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6483@end ifset
6484@end ifclear
6485@ifset GENERIC
6486
6487The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6488depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6489@end ifset
6490
6491@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6492@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6493@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6494@cindex difference tables altered
6495@cindex altered difference tables
6496@quotation
6497@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6498@end quotation
6499
6500@ifset GENERIC
6501Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6502addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6503interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6504@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6505
6506@end ifset
6507In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6508@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6509Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6510compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6511directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6512@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6513creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6514This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6515first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6516of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6517table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6518contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6519@code{sym2}.
6520
6521If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6522secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6523@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6524long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6525and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6526minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6527entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6528
6529@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6530@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6531@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6532assembly language programmers.
6533@end ifset
6534@end ifset
6535@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6536
6537@node Deprecated
6538@section Deprecated Directives
6539
6540@cindex deprecated directives
6541@cindex obsolescent directives
6542One day these directives won't work.
6543They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6544@table @t
6545@item .abort
6546@item .line
6547@end table
6548
3a99f02f
DJ
6549@ifset ELF
6550@node Object Attributes
6551@chapter Object Attributes
6552@cindex object attributes
6553
6554@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6555into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6556Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6557point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6558requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6559passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6560hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6561generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6562newer generation at run-time.
6563
6564This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6565@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6566time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6567correctly.
6568
6569Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6570attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6571string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6572and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6573or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6574attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6575
6576Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6577The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6578
6579@menu
6580* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6581* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6582@end menu
6583
6584@node GNU Object Attributes
6585@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6586
6587The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6588with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6589
6590Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6591its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6592an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
65932} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6594architecture-dependent ones.
6595
6596@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6597
6598These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6599
6600@table @r
6601@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6602The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6603the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6604then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6605than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6606arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6607@end table
6608
6609@subsection MIPS Attributes
6610
6611@table @r
6612@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6613The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6614
6615@itemize @bullet
6616@item
66170 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6618@item
66191 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6620FPU.
6621@item
66222 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6623@item
66243 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6625@item
66264 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6627double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6628purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6629@end itemize
6630@end table
6631
6632@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6633
6634@table @r
6635@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6636The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6637
6638@itemize @bullet
6639@item
66400 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6641@item
3c7b9897 66421 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6643@item
66442 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6645@item
66463 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6647@end itemize
6648
6649@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6650The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6651
6652@itemize @bullet
6653@item
66540 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6655@item
66561 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6657@item
66582 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6659@item
66603 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6661@end itemize
6662@end table
6663
6664@node Defining New Object Attributes
6665@section Defining New Object Attributes
6666
6667If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6668will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6669mailing list.
6670
6671@itemize @bullet
6672@item
6673This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6674@item
6675The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6676@item
6677The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6678and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6679@item
6680Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6681@item
6682@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6683@item
6684GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6685@end itemize
6686
6687@end ifset
6688
252b5132
RH
6689@ifset GENERIC
6690@node Machine Dependencies
6691@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6692
6693@cindex machine dependencies
6694The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6695each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6696vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6697directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6698assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6699@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6700optimization.
6701
6702This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6703include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6704subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6705
6706@menu
625e1353
RH
6707@ifset ALPHA
6708* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6709@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6710@ifset ARC
6711* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6712@end ifset
6713@ifset ARM
6714* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6715@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6716@ifset AVR
6717* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6718@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6719@ifset Blackfin
6720* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6721@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6722@ifset CR16
6723* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6724@end ifset
8bf549a8 6725@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6726* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6727@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6728@ifset D10V
6729* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6730@end ifset
6731@ifset D30V
6732* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6733@end ifset
6734@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6735* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6736@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6737@ifset HPPA
6738* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6739@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6740@ifset I370
6741* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6742@end ifset
252b5132 6743@ifset I80386
55b62671 6744* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6745@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6746@ifset I860
6747* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6748@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6749@ifset I960
6750* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6751@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6752@ifset IA64
6753* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6754@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6755@ifset IP2K
6756* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6757@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6758@ifset LM32
6759* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6760@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6761@ifset M32C
6762* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6763@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6764@ifset M32R
6765* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6766@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6767@ifset M680X0
6768* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6769@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6770@ifset M68HC11
6771* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6772@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6773@ifset MICROBLAZE
6774* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6775@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6776@ifset MIPS
6777* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6778@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6779@ifset MMIX
6780* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6781@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6782@ifset MSP430
6783* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6784@end ifset
252b5132 6785@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6786* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6787* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6788@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6789@ifset PDP11
6790* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6791@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6792@ifset PJ
6793* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6794@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6795@ifset PPC
6796* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6797@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6798@ifset S390
6799* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6800@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6801@ifset SCORE
6802* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6803@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6804@ifset SPARC
6805* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6806@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6807@ifset TIC54X
6808* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6809@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6810@ifset V850
6811* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6812@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6813@ifset XTENSA
6814* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6815@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6816@ifset Z80
6817* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6818@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6819@ifset Z8000
6820* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6821@end ifset
6822@ifset VAX
6823* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6824@end ifset
6825@end menu
6826
6827@lowersections
6828@end ifset
6829
6830@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6831@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6832@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6833@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6834@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6835@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6836@c in both conditional blocks.
6837
625e1353
RH
6838@ifset ALPHA
6839@include c-alpha.texi
6840@end ifset
6841
6842@ifset ARC
6843@include c-arc.texi
6844@end ifset
6845
252b5132
RH
6846@ifset ARM
6847@include c-arm.texi
6848@end ifset
6849
8473f7a4
DC
6850@ifset AVR
6851@include c-avr.texi
6852@end ifset
6853
3b4e1885 6854@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6855@include c-bfin.texi
6856@end ifset
6857
3d3d428f
NC
6858@ifset CR16
6859@include c-cr16.texi
6860@end ifset
6861
328eb32e
HPN
6862@ifset CRIS
6863@include c-cris.texi
6864@end ifset
6865
c2dcd04e 6866@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6867@ifclear GENERIC
6868@node Machine Dependencies
6869@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6870
c2dcd04e 6871The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6872and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6873chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6874family.
6875
6876@menu
c2dcd04e 6877* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6878* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6879@end menu
6880@lowersections
6881@end ifclear
6882@end ifset
6883
6884@ifset D10V
6885@include c-d10v.texi
6886@end ifset
6887
6888@ifset D30V
6889@include c-d30v.texi
6890@end ifset
6891
6892@ifset H8/300
6893@include c-h8300.texi
6894@end ifset
6895
252b5132
RH
6896@ifset HPPA
6897@include c-hppa.texi
6898@end ifset
6899
5b93d8bb
AM
6900@ifset I370
6901@include c-i370.texi
6902@end ifset
6903
252b5132
RH
6904@ifset I80386
6905@include c-i386.texi
6906@end ifset
6907
e3308d0d
JE
6908@ifset I860
6909@include c-i860.texi
6910@end ifset
6911
252b5132
RH
6912@ifset I960
6913@include c-i960.texi
6914@end ifset
6915
9e32ca89
NC
6916@ifset IA64
6917@include c-ia64.texi
6918@end ifset
6919
a40cbfa3
NC
6920@ifset IP2K
6921@include c-ip2k.texi
6922@end ifset
6923
84e94c90
NC
6924@ifset LM32
6925@include c-lm32.texi
6926@end ifset
6927
49f58d10
JB
6928@ifset M32C
6929@include c-m32c.texi
6930@end ifset
6931
ec694b89
NC
6932@ifset M32R
6933@include c-m32r.texi
6934@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6935
6936@ifset M680X0
6937@include c-m68k.texi
6938@end ifset
6939
60bcf0fa
NC
6940@ifset M68HC11
6941@include c-m68hc11.texi
6942@end ifset
6943
7ba29e2a
NC
6944@ifset MICROBLAZE
6945@include c-microblaze.texi
6946@end ifset
6947
252b5132
RH
6948@ifset MIPS
6949@include c-mips.texi
6950@end ifset
6951
3c3bdf30
NC
6952@ifset MMIX
6953@include c-mmix.texi
6954@end ifset
6955
2469cfa2
NC
6956@ifset MSP430
6957@include c-msp430.texi
6958@end ifset
6959
252b5132
RH
6960@ifset NS32K
6961@include c-ns32k.texi
6962@end ifset
6963
e135f41b
NC
6964@ifset PDP11
6965@include c-pdp11.texi
6966@end ifset
6967
041dd5a9
ILT
6968@ifset PJ
6969@include c-pj.texi
6970@end ifset
6971
418c1742
MG
6972@ifset PPC
6973@include c-ppc.texi
6974@end ifset
6975
11c19e16
MS
6976@ifset S390
6977@include c-s390.texi
6978@end ifset
6979
c0157db4
NC
6980@ifset SCORE
6981@include c-score.texi
6982@end ifset
6983
252b5132
RH
6984@ifset SH
6985@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6986@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6987@end ifset
6988
6989@ifset SPARC
6990@include c-sparc.texi
6991@end ifset
6992
39bec121
TW
6993@ifset TIC54X
6994@include c-tic54x.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
3c9b82ba
NC
6997@ifset Z80
6998@include c-z80.texi
6999@end ifset
7000
252b5132
RH
7001@ifset Z8000
7002@include c-z8k.texi
7003@end ifset
7004
7005@ifset VAX
7006@include c-vax.texi
7007@end ifset
7008
7009@ifset V850
7010@include c-v850.texi
7011@end ifset
7012
e0001a05
NC
7013@ifset XTENSA
7014@include c-xtensa.texi
7015@end ifset
7016
252b5132
RH
7017@ifset GENERIC
7018@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7019@raisesections
7020@end ifset
7021
7022@node Reporting Bugs
7023@chapter Reporting Bugs
7024@cindex bugs in assembler
7025@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7026
a4fb0134 7027Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7028
7029Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7030not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7031entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7032Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7033
7034In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7035information that enables us to fix the bug.
7036
7037@menu
7038* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7039* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7040@end menu
7041
7042@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7043@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7044@cindex bug criteria
7045
7046If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7047
7048@itemize @bullet
7049@cindex fatal signal
7050@cindex assembler crash
7051@cindex crash of assembler
7052@item
7053If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7054@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7055
7056@cindex error on valid input
7057@item
a4fb0134 7058If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7059
7060@cindex invalid input
7061@item
a4fb0134 7062If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7063is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7064be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7065
7066@item
7067If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7068of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7069@end itemize
7070
7071@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7072@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7073@cindex bug reports
7074@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7075
7076A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7077you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7078contact that organization first.
7079
7080You can find contact information for many support companies and
7081individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7082distribution.
7083
ad22bfe8 7084@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7085In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7086to @value{BUGURL}.
7087@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7088
7089The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7090@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7091fact or leave it out, state it!
7092
7093Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7094and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7095name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7096not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7097happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7098perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7099the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7100give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7101and the most helpful.
7102
7103Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7104it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7105that the bug has not been reported previously.
7106
7107Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7108bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7109respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7110You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7111
7112To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7113
7114@itemize @bullet
7115@item
a4fb0134 7116The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7117it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7118
7119Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7120the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7121
7122@item
a4fb0134 7123Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7124
7125@item
7126The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7127version number.
7128
7129@item
a4fb0134 7130What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7131``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7132
7133@item
7134The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7135observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7136all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7137
7138If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7139and then we might not encounter the bug.
7140
7141@item
7142A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7143the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7144high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7145when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7146the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7147file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7148@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7149
7150@item
7151A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7152incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7153
a4fb0134 7154Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7155will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7156notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7157make a mistake.
7158
7159Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7160explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7161@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7162library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7163would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7164would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7165expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7166observations.
7167
7168@item
a4fb0134 7169If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7170diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7171option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7172discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7173by line number.
7174
7175The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7176sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7177@end itemize
7178
7179Here are some things that are not necessary:
7180
7181@itemize @bullet
7182@item
7183A description of the envelope of the bug.
7184
7185Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7186which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7187changes will not affect it.
7188
7189This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7190will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7191with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7192We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7193
7194Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7195of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7196output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7197less time, and so on.
7198
7199However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7200report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7201
7202@item
7203A patch for the bug.
7204
7205A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7206the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7207a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7208to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7209
a4fb0134 7210Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7211construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7212the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7213one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7214
7215And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7216patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7217help us to understand.
7218
7219@item
7220A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7221
7222Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7223things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7224@end itemize
7225
7226@node Acknowledgements
7227@chapter Acknowledgements
7228
653cfe85 7229If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7230it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7231maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7232@c (January 1994),
7233the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7234
7235Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7236more details?}
7237
7238Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7239information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7240extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7241
7242K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7243many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7244up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7245testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7246including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7247and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7248support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7249port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7250file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7251assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7252
7253Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7254in format-specific I/O modules.
7255
7256The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7257has done much work with it since.
7258
7259The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7260
7261Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7262
7263The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7264University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7265
7266Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7267(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7268(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7269support a.out format.
7270
7be1c489
AM
7271Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7272tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7273Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7274use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7275targets.
7276
7277John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7278simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7279updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7280fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7281remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7282cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7283required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7284
7285Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
728668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7287added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7288PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7289
653cfe85 7290Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7291
7292Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7293
7294Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7295along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7296formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7297the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7298
7299Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7300Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7301Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7302Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7303and some initial 64-bit support).
7304
c1253627 7305Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7306
252b5132
RH
7307Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7308support for openVMS/Alpha.
7309
39bec121
TW
7310Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7311flavors.
7312
e0001a05 7313David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7314Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7315
252b5132
RH
7316Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7317configuration enhancements.
7318
84e94c90
NC
7319Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7320
252b5132
RH
7321Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7322you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7323want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7324intentionally leaving anyone out.
7325
793c5807
NC
7326@node GNU Free Documentation License
7327@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7328@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7329
370b66a1
CD
7330@node AS Index
7331@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7332
7333@printindex cp
7334
252b5132
RH
7335@bye
7336@c Local Variables:
7337@c fill-column: 79
7338@c End:
This page took 0.887193 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.